Mirror/Momentum-Firmware
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/Next-Flip/Momentum-Firmware.git synced 2026-05-13 16:28:36 -07:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

rename target

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
aanper
2020-08-15 09:58:10 +03:00
parent cbfc5fad53
commit 4015c46b21
1086 changed files with 1 additions and 1 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

179
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Class/CDC/Inc/usbd_cdc.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_cdc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief header file for the usbd_cdc.c file.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USB_CDC_H
#define __USB_CDC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_ioreq.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup usbd_cdc
* @brief This file is the Header file for usbd_cdc.c
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup usbd_cdc_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
#define CDC_IN_EP 0x81U /* EP1 for data IN */
#define CDC_OUT_EP 0x01U /* EP1 for data OUT */
#define CDC_CMD_EP 0x82U /* EP2 for CDC commands */
#ifndef CDC_HS_BINTERVAL
#define CDC_HS_BINTERVAL 0x10U
#endif /* CDC_HS_BINTERVAL */
#ifndef CDC_FS_BINTERVAL
#define CDC_FS_BINTERVAL 0x10U
#endif /* CDC_FS_BINTERVAL */
/* CDC Endpoints parameters: you can fine tune these values depending on the needed baudrates and performance. */
#define CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE 512U /* Endpoint IN & OUT Packet size */
#define CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE 64U /* Endpoint IN & OUT Packet size */
#define CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE 8U /* Control Endpoint Packet size */
#define USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ 67U
#define CDC_DATA_HS_IN_PACKET_SIZE CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
#define CDC_DATA_HS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
#define CDC_DATA_FS_IN_PACKET_SIZE CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
#define CDC_DATA_FS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* CDC definitions */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define CDC_SEND_ENCAPSULATED_COMMAND 0x00U
#define CDC_GET_ENCAPSULATED_RESPONSE 0x01U
#define CDC_SET_COMM_FEATURE 0x02U
#define CDC_GET_COMM_FEATURE 0x03U
#define CDC_CLEAR_COMM_FEATURE 0x04U
#define CDC_SET_LINE_CODING 0x20U
#define CDC_GET_LINE_CODING 0x21U
#define CDC_SET_CONTROL_LINE_STATE 0x22U
#define CDC_SEND_BREAK 0x23U
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t bitrate;
uint8_t format;
uint8_t paritytype;
uint8_t datatype;
}USBD_CDC_LineCodingTypeDef;
typedef struct _USBD_CDC_Itf
{
int8_t (* Init) (void);
int8_t (* DeInit) (void);
int8_t (* Control) (uint8_t cmd, uint8_t* pbuf, uint16_t length);
int8_t (* Receive) (uint8_t* Buf, uint32_t *Len);
}USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef;
typedef struct
{
uint32_t data[CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE / 4U]; /* Force 32bits alignment */
uint8_t CmdOpCode;
uint8_t CmdLength;
uint8_t *RxBuffer;
uint8_t *TxBuffer;
uint32_t RxLength;
uint32_t TxLength;
__IO uint32_t TxState;
__IO uint32_t RxState;
}
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef;
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
extern USBD_ClassTypeDef USBD_CDC;
#define USBD_CDC_CLASS &USBD_CDC
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USB_CORE_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_RegisterInterface (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *fops);
uint8_t USBD_CDC_SetTxBuffer (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuff,
uint16_t length);
uint8_t USBD_CDC_SetRxBuffer (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuff);
uint8_t USBD_CDC_ReceivePacket (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
uint8_t USBD_CDC_TransmitPacket (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USB_CDC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

45
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Class/CDC/Inc/usbd_cdc_if_template.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_cdc_if_template.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header for usbd_cdc_if_template.c file.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBD_CDC_IF_TEMPLATE_H
#define __USBD_CDC_IF_TEMPLATE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_cdc.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
extern USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef USBD_CDC_Template_fops;
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBD_CDC_IF_TEMPLATE_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

945
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Class/CDC/Src/usbd_cdc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,945 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_cdc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file provides the high layer firmware functions to manage the
* following functionalities of the USB CDC Class:
* - Initialization and Configuration of high and low layer
* - Enumeration as CDC Device (and enumeration for each implemented memory interface)
* - OUT/IN data transfer
* - Command IN transfer (class requests management)
* - Error management
*
* @verbatim
*
* ===================================================================
* CDC Class Driver Description
* ===================================================================
* This driver manages the "Universal Serial Bus Class Definitions for Communications Devices
* Revision 1.2 November 16, 2007" and the sub-protocol specification of "Universal Serial Bus
* Communications Class Subclass Specification for PSTN Devices Revision 1.2 February 9, 2007"
* This driver implements the following aspects of the specification:
* - Device descriptor management
* - Configuration descriptor management
* - Enumeration as CDC device with 2 data endpoints (IN and OUT) and 1 command endpoint (IN)
* - Requests management (as described in section 6.2 in specification)
* - Abstract Control Model compliant
* - Union Functional collection (using 1 IN endpoint for control)
* - Data interface class
*
* These aspects may be enriched or modified for a specific user application.
*
* This driver doesn't implement the following aspects of the specification
* (but it is possible to manage these features with some modifications on this driver):
* - Any class-specific aspect relative to communication classes should be managed by user application.
* - All communication classes other than PSTN are not managed
*
* @endverbatim
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* BSPDependencies
- "stm32xxxxx_{eval}{discovery}{nucleo_144}.c"
- "stm32xxxxx_{eval}{discovery}_io.c"
EndBSPDependencies */
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_cdc.h"
#include "usbd_ctlreq.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC
* @brief usbd core module
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_Init (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t cfgidx);
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DeInit (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t cfgidx);
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_Setup (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DataIn (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t epnum);
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DataOut (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t epnum);
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_EP0_RxReady (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetFSCfgDesc (uint16_t *length);
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetHSCfgDesc (uint16_t *length);
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetOtherSpeedCfgDesc (uint16_t *length);
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetOtherSpeedCfgDesc (uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetDeviceQualifierDescriptor (uint16_t *length);
/* USB Standard Device Descriptor */
__ALIGN_BEGIN static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DeviceQualifierDesc[USB_LEN_DEV_QUALIFIER_DESC] __ALIGN_END =
{
USB_LEN_DEV_QUALIFIER_DESC,
USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE_QUALIFIER,
0x00,
0x02,
0x00,
0x00,
0x00,
0x40,
0x01,
0x00,
};
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/* CDC interface class callbacks structure */
USBD_ClassTypeDef USBD_CDC =
{
USBD_CDC_Init,
USBD_CDC_DeInit,
USBD_CDC_Setup,
NULL, /* EP0_TxSent, */
USBD_CDC_EP0_RxReady,
USBD_CDC_DataIn,
USBD_CDC_DataOut,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
USBD_CDC_GetHSCfgDesc,
USBD_CDC_GetFSCfgDesc,
USBD_CDC_GetOtherSpeedCfgDesc,
USBD_CDC_GetDeviceQualifierDescriptor,
};
/* USB CDC device Configuration Descriptor */
__ALIGN_BEGIN uint8_t USBD_CDC_CfgHSDesc[USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ] __ALIGN_END =
{
/*Configuration Descriptor*/
0x09, /* bLength: Configuration Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION, /* bDescriptorType: Configuration */
USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ, /* wTotalLength:no of returned bytes */
0x00,
0x02, /* bNumInterfaces: 2 interface */
0x01, /* bConfigurationValue: Configuration value */
0x00, /* iConfiguration: Index of string descriptor describing the configuration */
0xC0, /* bmAttributes: self powered */
0x32, /* MaxPower 0 mA */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*Interface Descriptor */
0x09, /* bLength: Interface Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: Interface */
/* Interface descriptor type */
0x00, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x01, /* bNumEndpoints: One endpoints used */
0x02, /* bInterfaceClass: Communication Interface Class */
0x02, /* bInterfaceSubClass: Abstract Control Model */
0x01, /* bInterfaceProtocol: Common AT commands */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Header Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x00, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Header Func Desc */
0x10, /* bcdCDC: spec release number */
0x01,
/*Call Management Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x01, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Call Management Func Desc */
0x00, /* bmCapabilities: D0+D1 */
0x01, /* bDataInterface: 1 */
/*ACM Functional Descriptor*/
0x04, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x02, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Abstract Control Management desc */
0x02, /* bmCapabilities */
/*Union Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x06, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Union func desc */
0x00, /* bMasterInterface: Communication class interface */
0x01, /* bSlaveInterface0: Data Class Interface */
/*Endpoint 2 Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_CMD_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x03, /* bmAttributes: Interrupt */
LOBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE),
CDC_HS_BINTERVAL, /* bInterval: */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*Data class interface descriptor*/
0x09, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: */
0x01, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x02, /* bNumEndpoints: Two endpoints used */
0x0A, /* bInterfaceClass: CDC */
0x00, /* bInterfaceSubClass: */
0x00, /* bInterfaceProtocol: */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Endpoint OUT Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_OUT_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
LOBYTE(CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE),
0x00, /* bInterval: ignore for Bulk transfer */
/*Endpoint IN Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_IN_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
LOBYTE(CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE),
0x00 /* bInterval: ignore for Bulk transfer */
} ;
/* USB CDC device Configuration Descriptor */
__ALIGN_BEGIN uint8_t USBD_CDC_CfgFSDesc[USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ] __ALIGN_END =
{
/*Configuration Descriptor*/
0x09, /* bLength: Configuration Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION, /* bDescriptorType: Configuration */
USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ, /* wTotalLength:no of returned bytes */
0x00,
0x02, /* bNumInterfaces: 2 interface */
0x01, /* bConfigurationValue: Configuration value */
0x00, /* iConfiguration: Index of string descriptor describing the configuration */
0xC0, /* bmAttributes: self powered */
0x32, /* MaxPower 0 mA */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*Interface Descriptor */
0x09, /* bLength: Interface Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: Interface */
/* Interface descriptor type */
0x00, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x01, /* bNumEndpoints: One endpoints used */
0x02, /* bInterfaceClass: Communication Interface Class */
0x02, /* bInterfaceSubClass: Abstract Control Model */
0x01, /* bInterfaceProtocol: Common AT commands */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Header Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x00, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Header Func Desc */
0x10, /* bcdCDC: spec release number */
0x01,
/*Call Management Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x01, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Call Management Func Desc */
0x00, /* bmCapabilities: D0+D1 */
0x01, /* bDataInterface: 1 */
/*ACM Functional Descriptor*/
0x04, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x02, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Abstract Control Management desc */
0x02, /* bmCapabilities */
/*Union Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x06, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Union func desc */
0x00, /* bMasterInterface: Communication class interface */
0x01, /* bSlaveInterface0: Data Class Interface */
/*Endpoint 2 Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_CMD_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x03, /* bmAttributes: Interrupt */
LOBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE),
CDC_FS_BINTERVAL, /* bInterval: */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*Data class interface descriptor*/
0x09, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: */
0x01, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x02, /* bNumEndpoints: Two endpoints used */
0x0A, /* bInterfaceClass: CDC */
0x00, /* bInterfaceSubClass: */
0x00, /* bInterfaceProtocol: */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Endpoint OUT Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_OUT_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
LOBYTE(CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE),
0x00, /* bInterval: ignore for Bulk transfer */
/*Endpoint IN Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_IN_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
LOBYTE(CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE),
0x00 /* bInterval: ignore for Bulk transfer */
} ;
__ALIGN_BEGIN uint8_t USBD_CDC_OtherSpeedCfgDesc[USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ] __ALIGN_END =
{
0x09, /* bLength: Configuation Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIGURATION,
USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ,
0x00,
0x02, /* bNumInterfaces: 2 interfaces */
0x01, /* bConfigurationValue: */
0x04, /* iConfiguration: */
0xC0, /* bmAttributes: */
0x32, /* MaxPower 100 mA */
/*Interface Descriptor */
0x09, /* bLength: Interface Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: Interface */
/* Interface descriptor type */
0x00, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x01, /* bNumEndpoints: One endpoints used */
0x02, /* bInterfaceClass: Communication Interface Class */
0x02, /* bInterfaceSubClass: Abstract Control Model */
0x01, /* bInterfaceProtocol: Common AT commands */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Header Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x00, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Header Func Desc */
0x10, /* bcdCDC: spec release number */
0x01,
/*Call Management Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x01, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Call Management Func Desc */
0x00, /* bmCapabilities: D0+D1 */
0x01, /* bDataInterface: 1 */
/*ACM Functional Descriptor*/
0x04, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x02, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Abstract Control Management desc */
0x02, /* bmCapabilities */
/*Union Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x06, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Union func desc */
0x00, /* bMasterInterface: Communication class interface */
0x01, /* bSlaveInterface0: Data Class Interface */
/*Endpoint 2 Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT , /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_CMD_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x03, /* bmAttributes: Interrupt */
LOBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE),
CDC_FS_BINTERVAL, /* bInterval: */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*Data class interface descriptor*/
0x09, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: */
0x01, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x02, /* bNumEndpoints: Two endpoints used */
0x0A, /* bInterfaceClass: CDC */
0x00, /* bInterfaceSubClass: */
0x00, /* bInterfaceProtocol: */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Endpoint OUT Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_OUT_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
0x40, /* wMaxPacketSize: */
0x00,
0x00, /* bInterval: ignore for Bulk transfer */
/*Endpoint IN Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_IN_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
0x40, /* wMaxPacketSize: */
0x00,
0x00 /* bInterval */
};
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_Init
* Initialize the CDC interface
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param cfgidx: Configuration index
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_Init (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t cfgidx)
{
uint8_t ret = 0U;
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc;
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH)
{
/* Open EP IN */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev, CDC_IN_EP, USBD_EP_TYPE_BULK,
CDC_DATA_HS_IN_PACKET_SIZE);
pdev->ep_in[CDC_IN_EP & 0xFU].is_used = 1U;
/* Open EP OUT */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev, CDC_OUT_EP, USBD_EP_TYPE_BULK,
CDC_DATA_HS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
pdev->ep_out[CDC_OUT_EP & 0xFU].is_used = 1U;
}
else
{
/* Open EP IN */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev, CDC_IN_EP, USBD_EP_TYPE_BULK,
CDC_DATA_FS_IN_PACKET_SIZE);
pdev->ep_in[CDC_IN_EP & 0xFU].is_used = 1U;
/* Open EP OUT */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev, CDC_OUT_EP, USBD_EP_TYPE_BULK,
CDC_DATA_FS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
pdev->ep_out[CDC_OUT_EP & 0xFU].is_used = 1U;
}
/* Open Command IN EP */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev, CDC_CMD_EP, USBD_EP_TYPE_INTR, CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE);
pdev->ep_in[CDC_CMD_EP & 0xFU].is_used = 1U;
pdev->pClassData = USBD_malloc(sizeof (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef));
if(pdev->pClassData == NULL)
{
ret = 1U;
}
else
{
hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
/* Init physical Interface components */
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->Init();
/* Init Xfer states */
hcdc->TxState = 0U;
hcdc->RxState = 0U;
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH)
{
/* Prepare Out endpoint to receive next packet */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(pdev, CDC_OUT_EP, hcdc->RxBuffer,
CDC_DATA_HS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
}
else
{
/* Prepare Out endpoint to receive next packet */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(pdev, CDC_OUT_EP, hcdc->RxBuffer,
CDC_DATA_FS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
}
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_Init
* DeInitialize the CDC layer
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param cfgidx: Configuration index
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DeInit (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t cfgidx)
{
uint8_t ret = 0U;
/* Close EP IN */
USBD_LL_CloseEP(pdev, CDC_IN_EP);
pdev->ep_in[CDC_IN_EP & 0xFU].is_used = 0U;
/* Close EP OUT */
USBD_LL_CloseEP(pdev, CDC_OUT_EP);
pdev->ep_out[CDC_OUT_EP & 0xFU].is_used = 0U;
/* Close Command IN EP */
USBD_LL_CloseEP(pdev, CDC_CMD_EP);
pdev->ep_in[CDC_CMD_EP & 0xFU].is_used = 0U;
/* DeInit physical Interface components */
if(pdev->pClassData != NULL)
{
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->DeInit();
USBD_free(pdev->pClassData);
pdev->pClassData = NULL;
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_Setup
* Handle the CDC specific requests
* @param pdev: instance
* @param req: usb requests
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_Setup (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
uint8_t ifalt = 0U;
uint16_t status_info = 0U;
uint8_t ret = USBD_OK;
switch (req->bmRequest & USB_REQ_TYPE_MASK)
{
case USB_REQ_TYPE_CLASS :
if (req->wLength)
{
if (req->bmRequest & 0x80U)
{
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->Control(req->bRequest,
(uint8_t *)(void *)hcdc->data,
req->wLength);
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev, (uint8_t *)(void *)hcdc->data, req->wLength);
}
else
{
hcdc->CmdOpCode = req->bRequest;
hcdc->CmdLength = (uint8_t)req->wLength;
USBD_CtlPrepareRx (pdev, (uint8_t *)(void *)hcdc->data, req->wLength);
}
}
else
{
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->Control(req->bRequest,
(uint8_t *)(void *)req, 0U);
}
break;
case USB_REQ_TYPE_STANDARD:
switch (req->bRequest)
{
case USB_REQ_GET_STATUS:
if (pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED)
{
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev, (uint8_t *)(void *)&status_info, 2U);
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError (pdev, req);
ret = USBD_FAIL;
}
break;
case USB_REQ_GET_INTERFACE:
if (pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED)
{
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev, &ifalt, 1U);
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError (pdev, req);
ret = USBD_FAIL;
}
break;
case USB_REQ_SET_INTERFACE:
if (pdev->dev_state != USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED)
{
USBD_CtlError (pdev, req);
ret = USBD_FAIL;
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError (pdev, req);
ret = USBD_FAIL;
break;
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError (pdev, req);
ret = USBD_FAIL;
break;
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_DataIn
* Data sent on non-control IN endpoint
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param epnum: endpoint number
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DataIn (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*)pdev->pClassData;
PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd = pdev->pData;
if(pdev->pClassData != NULL)
{
if((pdev->ep_in[epnum].total_length > 0U) && ((pdev->ep_in[epnum].total_length % hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].maxpacket) == 0U))
{
/* Update the packet total length */
pdev->ep_in[epnum].total_length = 0U;
/* Send ZLP */
USBD_LL_Transmit (pdev, epnum, NULL, 0U);
}
else
{
hcdc->TxState = 0U;
}
return USBD_OK;
}
else
{
return USBD_FAIL;
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_DataOut
* Data received on non-control Out endpoint
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param epnum: endpoint number
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DataOut (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
/* Get the received data length */
hcdc->RxLength = USBD_LL_GetRxDataSize (pdev, epnum);
/* USB data will be immediately processed, this allow next USB traffic being
NAKed till the end of the application Xfer */
if(pdev->pClassData != NULL)
{
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->Receive(hcdc->RxBuffer, &hcdc->RxLength);
return USBD_OK;
}
else
{
return USBD_FAIL;
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_EP0_RxReady
* Handle EP0 Rx Ready event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_EP0_RxReady (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
if((pdev->pUserData != NULL) && (hcdc->CmdOpCode != 0xFFU))
{
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->Control(hcdc->CmdOpCode,
(uint8_t *)(void *)hcdc->data,
(uint16_t)hcdc->CmdLength);
hcdc->CmdOpCode = 0xFFU;
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_GetFSCfgDesc
* Return configuration descriptor
* @param speed : current device speed
* @param length : pointer data length
* @retval pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetFSCfgDesc (uint16_t *length)
{
*length = sizeof (USBD_CDC_CfgFSDesc);
return USBD_CDC_CfgFSDesc;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_GetHSCfgDesc
* Return configuration descriptor
* @param speed : current device speed
* @param length : pointer data length
* @retval pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetHSCfgDesc (uint16_t *length)
{
*length = sizeof (USBD_CDC_CfgHSDesc);
return USBD_CDC_CfgHSDesc;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_GetCfgDesc
* Return configuration descriptor
* @param speed : current device speed
* @param length : pointer data length
* @retval pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetOtherSpeedCfgDesc (uint16_t *length)
{
*length = sizeof (USBD_CDC_OtherSpeedCfgDesc);
return USBD_CDC_OtherSpeedCfgDesc;
}
/**
* @brief DeviceQualifierDescriptor
* return Device Qualifier descriptor
* @param length : pointer data length
* @retval pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetDeviceQualifierDescriptor (uint16_t *length)
{
*length = sizeof (USBD_CDC_DeviceQualifierDesc);
return USBD_CDC_DeviceQualifierDesc;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_RegisterInterface
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param fops: CD Interface callback
* @retval status
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_RegisterInterface (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *fops)
{
uint8_t ret = USBD_FAIL;
if(fops != NULL)
{
pdev->pUserData= fops;
ret = USBD_OK;
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_SetTxBuffer
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param pbuff: Tx Buffer
* @retval status
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_SetTxBuffer (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuff,
uint16_t length)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
hcdc->TxBuffer = pbuff;
hcdc->TxLength = length;
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_SetRxBuffer
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param pbuff: Rx Buffer
* @retval status
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_SetRxBuffer (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuff)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
hcdc->RxBuffer = pbuff;
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_TransmitPacket
* Transmit packet on IN endpoint
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_TransmitPacket(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
if(pdev->pClassData != NULL)
{
if(hcdc->TxState == 0U)
{
/* Tx Transfer in progress */
hcdc->TxState = 1U;
/* Update the packet total length */
pdev->ep_in[CDC_IN_EP & 0xFU].total_length = hcdc->TxLength;
/* Transmit next packet */
USBD_LL_Transmit(pdev, CDC_IN_EP, hcdc->TxBuffer,
(uint16_t)hcdc->TxLength);
return USBD_OK;
}
else
{
return USBD_BUSY;
}
}
else
{
return USBD_FAIL;
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_ReceivePacket
* prepare OUT Endpoint for reception
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_ReceivePacket(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
/* Suspend or Resume USB Out process */
if(pdev->pClassData != NULL)
{
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH )
{
/* Prepare Out endpoint to receive next packet */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(pdev,
CDC_OUT_EP,
hcdc->RxBuffer,
CDC_DATA_HS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
}
else
{
/* Prepare Out endpoint to receive next packet */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(pdev,
CDC_OUT_EP,
hcdc->RxBuffer,
CDC_DATA_FS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
}
return USBD_OK;
}
else
{
return USBD_FAIL;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

223
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Class/CDC/Src/usbd_cdc_if_template.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_cdc_if_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Generic media access Layer.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* BSPDependencies
- "stm32xxxxx_{eval}{discovery}{nucleo_144}.c"
- "stm32xxxxx_{eval}{discovery}_io.c"
EndBSPDependencies */
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_cdc_if_template.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC
* @brief usbd core module
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
static int8_t TEMPLATE_Init (void);
static int8_t TEMPLATE_DeInit (void);
static int8_t TEMPLATE_Control (uint8_t cmd, uint8_t* pbuf, uint16_t length);
static int8_t TEMPLATE_Receive (uint8_t* pbuf, uint32_t *Len);
USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef USBD_CDC_Template_fops =
{
TEMPLATE_Init,
TEMPLATE_DeInit,
TEMPLATE_Control,
TEMPLATE_Receive
};
USBD_CDC_LineCodingTypeDef linecoding =
{
115200, /* baud rate*/
0x00, /* stop bits-1*/
0x00, /* parity - none*/
0x08 /* nb. of bits 8*/
};
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief TEMPLATE_Init
* Initializes the CDC media low layer
* @param None
* @retval Result of the operation: USBD_OK if all operations are OK else USBD_FAIL
*/
static int8_t TEMPLATE_Init(void)
{
/*
Add your initialization code here
*/
return (0);
}
/**
* @brief TEMPLATE_DeInit
* DeInitializes the CDC media low layer
* @param None
* @retval Result of the operation: USBD_OK if all operations are OK else USBD_FAIL
*/
static int8_t TEMPLATE_DeInit(void)
{
/*
Add your deinitialization code here
*/
return (0);
}
/**
* @brief TEMPLATE_Control
* Manage the CDC class requests
* @param Cmd: Command code
* @param Buf: Buffer containing command data (request parameters)
* @param Len: Number of data to be sent (in bytes)
* @retval Result of the operation: USBD_OK if all operations are OK else USBD_FAIL
*/
static int8_t TEMPLATE_Control (uint8_t cmd, uint8_t* pbuf, uint16_t length)
{
switch (cmd)
{
case CDC_SEND_ENCAPSULATED_COMMAND:
/* Add your code here */
break;
case CDC_GET_ENCAPSULATED_RESPONSE:
/* Add your code here */
break;
case CDC_SET_COMM_FEATURE:
/* Add your code here */
break;
case CDC_GET_COMM_FEATURE:
/* Add your code here */
break;
case CDC_CLEAR_COMM_FEATURE:
/* Add your code here */
break;
case CDC_SET_LINE_CODING:
linecoding.bitrate = (uint32_t)(pbuf[0] | (pbuf[1] << 8) |\
(pbuf[2] << 16) | (pbuf[3] << 24));
linecoding.format = pbuf[4];
linecoding.paritytype = pbuf[5];
linecoding.datatype = pbuf[6];
/* Add your code here */
break;
case CDC_GET_LINE_CODING:
pbuf[0] = (uint8_t)(linecoding.bitrate);
pbuf[1] = (uint8_t)(linecoding.bitrate >> 8);
pbuf[2] = (uint8_t)(linecoding.bitrate >> 16);
pbuf[3] = (uint8_t)(linecoding.bitrate >> 24);
pbuf[4] = linecoding.format;
pbuf[5] = linecoding.paritytype;
pbuf[6] = linecoding.datatype;
/* Add your code here */
break;
case CDC_SET_CONTROL_LINE_STATE:
/* Add your code here */
break;
case CDC_SEND_BREAK:
/* Add your code here */
break;
default:
break;
}
return (0);
}
/**
* @brief TEMPLATE_Receive
* Data received over USB OUT endpoint are sent over CDC interface
* through this function.
*
* @note
* This function will issue a NAK packet on any OUT packet received on
* USB endpoint untill exiting this function. If you exit this function
* before transfer is complete on CDC interface (ie. using DMA controller)
* it will result in receiving more data while previous ones are still
* not sent.
*
* @param Buf: Buffer of data to be received
* @param Len: Number of data received (in bytes)
* @retval Result of the operation: USBD_OK if all operations are OK else USBD_FAIL
*/
static int8_t TEMPLATE_Receive (uint8_t* Buf, uint32_t *Len)
{
return (0);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

162
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Inc/usbd_conf_template.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_conf_template.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file for the usbd_conf_template.c file
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBD_CONF_TEMPLATE_H
#define __USBD_CONF_TEMPLATE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32fxxx.h" /* replace 'stm32xxx' with your HAL driver header filename, ex: stm32f4xx.h */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CONF
* @brief USB device low level driver configuration file
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CONF_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
#define USBD_MAX_NUM_INTERFACES 1U
#define USBD_MAX_NUM_CONFIGURATION 1U
#define USBD_MAX_STR_DESC_SIZ 0x100U
#define USBD_SUPPORT_USER_STRING 0U
#define USBD_SELF_POWERED 1U
#define USBD_DEBUG_LEVEL 2U
/* MSC Class Config */
#define MSC_MEDIA_PACKET 8192U
/* CDC Class Config */
#define USBD_CDC_INTERVAL 2000U
/* DFU Class Config */
#define USBD_DFU_MAX_ITF_NUM 1U
#define USBD_DFU_XFERS_IZE 1024U
/* AUDIO Class Config */
#define USBD_AUDIO_FREQ 22100U
/** @defgroup USBD_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Memory management macros */
#define USBD_malloc malloc
#define USBD_free free
#define USBD_memset memset
#define USBD_memcpy memcpy
/* DEBUG macros */
#if (USBD_DEBUG_LEVEL > 0U)
#define USBD_UsrLog(...) do { \
printf(__VA_ARGS__); \
printf("\n"); \
} while (0)
#else
#define USBD_UsrLog(...) do {} while (0)
#endif
#if (USBD_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1U)
#define USBD_ErrLog(...) do { \
printf("ERROR: ") ; \
printf(__VA_ARGS__); \
printf("\n"); \
} while (0)
#else
#define USBD_ErrLog(...) do {} while (0)
#endif
#if (USBD_DEBUG_LEVEL > 2U)
#define USBD_DbgLog(...) do { \
printf("DEBUG : ") ; \
printf(__VA_ARGS__); \
printf("\n"); \
} while (0)
#else
#define USBD_DbgLog(...) do {} while (0)
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CONF_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CONF_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CONF_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CONF_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBD_CONF_TEMPLATE_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

161
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Inc/usbd_core.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_core.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file for usbd_core.c file
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBD_CORE_H
#define __USBD_CORE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_conf.h"
#include "usbd_def.h"
#include "usbd_ioreq.h"
#include "usbd_ctlreq.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE
* @brief This file is the Header file for usbd_core.c file
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
#ifndef USBD_DEBUG_LEVEL
#define USBD_DEBUG_LEVEL 0U
#endif /* USBD_DEBUG_LEVEL */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
#define USBD_SOF USBD_LL_SOF
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Init(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_DescriptorsTypeDef *pdesc, uint8_t id);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_DeInit(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Start (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Stop (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_RegisterClass(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_ClassTypeDef *pclass);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_RunTestMode (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_SetClassConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t cfgidx);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_ClrClassConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t cfgidx);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SetupStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t *psetup);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DataOutStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum, uint8_t *pdata);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DataInStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum, uint8_t *pdata);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Reset(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SetSpeed(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Suspend(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Resume(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SOF(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_IsoINIncomplete(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_IsoOUTIncomplete(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DevConnected(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DevDisconnected(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
/* USBD Low Level Driver */
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Init (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DeInit (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Start(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Stop (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_OpenEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t ep_addr,
uint8_t ep_type,
uint16_t ep_mps);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_CloseEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_FlushEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_StallEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_ClearStallEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
uint8_t USBD_LL_IsStallEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SetUSBAddress (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t dev_addr);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Transmit (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t ep_addr,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t size);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t ep_addr,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t size);
uint32_t USBD_LL_GetRxDataSize (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
void USBD_LL_Delay (uint32_t Delay);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBD_CORE_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

105
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Inc/usbd_ctlreq.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_req.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file for the usbd_req.c file
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USB_REQUEST_H
#define __USB_REQUEST_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ
* @brief header file for the usbd_req.c file
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdDevReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdItfReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdEPReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
void USBD_CtlError (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
void USBD_ParseSetupRequest (USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req, uint8_t *pdata);
void USBD_GetString (uint8_t *desc, uint8_t *unicode, uint16_t *len);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USB_REQUEST_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

342
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Inc/usbd_def.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_def.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief General defines for the usb device library
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBD_DEF_H
#define __USBD_DEF_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_conf.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USBD_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USB_DEF
* @brief general defines for the usb device library file
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USB_DEF_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0U
#endif /* NULL */
#ifndef USBD_MAX_NUM_INTERFACES
#define USBD_MAX_NUM_INTERFACES 1U
#endif /* USBD_MAX_NUM_CONFIGURATION */
#ifndef USBD_MAX_NUM_CONFIGURATION
#define USBD_MAX_NUM_CONFIGURATION 1U
#endif /* USBD_MAX_NUM_CONFIGURATION */
#ifndef USBD_LPM_ENABLED
#define USBD_LPM_ENABLED 0U
#endif /* USBD_LPM_ENABLED */
#ifndef USBD_SELF_POWERED
#define USBD_SELF_POWERED 1U
#endif /*USBD_SELF_POWERED */
#ifndef USBD_SUPPORT_USER_STRING
#define USBD_SUPPORT_USER_STRING 0U
#endif /* USBD_SUPPORT_USER_STRING */
#define USB_LEN_DEV_QUALIFIER_DESC 0x0AU
#define USB_LEN_DEV_DESC 0x12U
#define USB_LEN_CFG_DESC 0x09U
#define USB_LEN_IF_DESC 0x09U
#define USB_LEN_EP_DESC 0x07U
#define USB_LEN_OTG_DESC 0x03U
#define USB_LEN_LANGID_STR_DESC 0x04U
#define USB_LEN_OTHER_SPEED_DESC_SIZ 0x09U
#define USBD_IDX_LANGID_STR 0x00U
#define USBD_IDX_MFC_STR 0x01U
#define USBD_IDX_PRODUCT_STR 0x02U
#define USBD_IDX_SERIAL_STR 0x03U
#define USBD_IDX_CONFIG_STR 0x04U
#define USBD_IDX_INTERFACE_STR 0x05U
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_STANDARD 0x00U
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_CLASS 0x20U
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_VENDOR 0x40U
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_MASK 0x60U
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_DEVICE 0x00U
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_INTERFACE 0x01U
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_ENDPOINT 0x02U
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_MASK 0x03U
#define USB_REQ_GET_STATUS 0x00U
#define USB_REQ_CLEAR_FEATURE 0x01U
#define USB_REQ_SET_FEATURE 0x03U
#define USB_REQ_SET_ADDRESS 0x05U
#define USB_REQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR 0x06U
#define USB_REQ_SET_DESCRIPTOR 0x07U
#define USB_REQ_GET_CONFIGURATION 0x08U
#define USB_REQ_SET_CONFIGURATION 0x09U
#define USB_REQ_GET_INTERFACE 0x0AU
#define USB_REQ_SET_INTERFACE 0x0BU
#define USB_REQ_SYNCH_FRAME 0x0CU
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE 0x01U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION 0x02U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_STRING 0x03U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE 0x04U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT 0x05U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE_QUALIFIER 0x06U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIGURATION 0x07U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_BOS 0x0FU
#define USB_CONFIG_REMOTE_WAKEUP 0x02U
#define USB_CONFIG_SELF_POWERED 0x01U
#define USB_FEATURE_EP_HALT 0x00U
#define USB_FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP 0x01U
#define USB_FEATURE_TEST_MODE 0x02U
#define USB_DEVICE_CAPABITY_TYPE 0x10U
#define USB_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE 512U
#define USB_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE 64U
#define USB_MAX_EP0_SIZE 64U
/* Device Status */
#define USBD_STATE_DEFAULT 0x01U
#define USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED 0x02U
#define USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED 0x03U
#define USBD_STATE_SUSPENDED 0x04U
/* EP0 State */
#define USBD_EP0_IDLE 0x00U
#define USBD_EP0_SETUP 0x01U
#define USBD_EP0_DATA_IN 0x02U
#define USBD_EP0_DATA_OUT 0x03U
#define USBD_EP0_STATUS_IN 0x04U
#define USBD_EP0_STATUS_OUT 0x05U
#define USBD_EP0_STALL 0x06U
#define USBD_EP_TYPE_CTRL 0x00U
#define USBD_EP_TYPE_ISOC 0x01U
#define USBD_EP_TYPE_BULK 0x02U
#define USBD_EP_TYPE_INTR 0x03U
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_DEF_Exported_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
typedef struct usb_setup_req
{
uint8_t bmRequest;
uint8_t bRequest;
uint16_t wValue;
uint16_t wIndex;
uint16_t wLength;
}USBD_SetupReqTypedef;
struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef;
typedef struct _Device_cb
{
uint8_t (*Init) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t cfgidx);
uint8_t (*DeInit) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t cfgidx);
/* Control Endpoints*/
uint8_t (*Setup) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
uint8_t (*EP0_TxSent) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev );
uint8_t (*EP0_RxReady) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev );
/* Class Specific Endpoints*/
uint8_t (*DataIn) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum);
uint8_t (*DataOut) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum);
uint8_t (*SOF) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
uint8_t (*IsoINIncomplete) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum);
uint8_t (*IsoOUTIncomplete) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum);
uint8_t *(*GetHSConfigDescriptor)(uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetFSConfigDescriptor)(uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetOtherSpeedConfigDescriptor)(uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetDeviceQualifierDescriptor)(uint16_t *length);
#if (USBD_SUPPORT_USER_STRING == 1U)
uint8_t *(*GetUsrStrDescriptor)(struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,uint8_t index, uint16_t *length);
#endif
} USBD_ClassTypeDef;
/* Following USB Device Speed */
typedef enum
{
USBD_SPEED_HIGH = 0U,
USBD_SPEED_FULL = 1U,
USBD_SPEED_LOW = 2U,
}USBD_SpeedTypeDef;
/* Following USB Device status */
typedef enum {
USBD_OK = 0U,
USBD_BUSY,
USBD_FAIL,
}USBD_StatusTypeDef;
/* USB Device descriptors structure */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t *(*GetDeviceDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetLangIDStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetManufacturerStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetProductStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetSerialStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetConfigurationStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetInterfaceStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
#if (USBD_LPM_ENABLED == 1U)
uint8_t *(*GetBOSDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
#endif
} USBD_DescriptorsTypeDef;
/* USB Device handle structure */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t status;
uint32_t is_used;
uint32_t total_length;
uint32_t rem_length;
uint32_t maxpacket;
} USBD_EndpointTypeDef;
/* USB Device handle structure */
typedef struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef
{
uint8_t id;
uint32_t dev_config;
uint32_t dev_default_config;
uint32_t dev_config_status;
USBD_SpeedTypeDef dev_speed;
USBD_EndpointTypeDef ep_in[15];
USBD_EndpointTypeDef ep_out[15];
uint32_t ep0_state;
uint32_t ep0_data_len;
uint8_t dev_state;
uint8_t dev_old_state;
uint8_t dev_address;
uint8_t dev_connection_status;
uint8_t dev_test_mode;
uint32_t dev_remote_wakeup;
USBD_SetupReqTypedef request;
USBD_DescriptorsTypeDef *pDesc;
USBD_ClassTypeDef *pClass;
void *pClassData;
void *pUserData;
void *pData;
} USBD_HandleTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_DEF_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
#define SWAPBYTE(addr) (((uint16_t)(*((uint8_t *)(addr)))) + \
(((uint16_t)(*(((uint8_t *)(addr)) + 1U))) << 8U))
#define LOBYTE(x) ((uint8_t)(x & 0x00FFU))
#define HIBYTE(x) ((uint8_t)((x & 0xFF00U) >> 8U))
#define MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#define MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#if defined ( __GNUC__ )
#ifndef __weak
#define __weak __attribute__((weak))
#endif /* __weak */
#ifndef __packed
#define __packed __attribute__((__packed__))
#endif /* __packed */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/* In HS mode and when the DMA is used, all variables and data structures dealing
with the DMA during the transaction process should be 4-bytes aligned */
#if defined (__GNUC__) /* GNU Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_END __attribute__ ((aligned (4)))
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
#else
#define __ALIGN_END
#if defined (__CC_ARM) /* ARM Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN __align(4)
#elif defined (__ICCARM__) /* IAR Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
#elif defined (__TASKING__) /* TASKING Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN __align(4)
#endif /* __CC_ARM */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_DEF_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_DEF_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBD_DEF_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

41
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Inc/usbd_desc_template.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_desc_template.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header for usbd_desc_template.c module
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBD_DESC_TEMPLATE_H
#define __USBD_DESC_TEMPLATE_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_def.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
#define DEVICE_ID1 (0x1FFF7A10)
#define DEVICE_ID2 (0x1FFF7A14)
#define DEVICE_ID3 (0x1FFF7A18)
#define USB_SIZ_STRING_SERIAL 0x1A
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
extern USBD_DescriptorsTypeDef XXX_Desc; /* Replace 'XXX_Desc' with your active USB device class, ex: HID_Desc */
#endif /* __USBD_DESC_TEMPLATE_H*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

119
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Inc/usbd_ioreq.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_ioreq.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file for the usbd_ioreq.c file
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBD_IOREQ_H
#define __USBD_IOREQ_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_def.h"
#include "usbd_core.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ
* @brief header file for the usbd_ioreq.c file
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlSendData (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlContinueSendData (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlPrepareRx (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlContinueRx (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlSendStatus (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlReceiveStatus (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
uint32_t USBD_GetRxCount (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBD_IOREQ_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

204
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Src/usbd_conf_template.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_conf_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief USB Device configuration and interface file
* This template should be copied to the user folder, renamed and customized
* following user needs.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_core.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the Low Level portion of the Device driver.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Init(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief De-Initializes the Low Level portion of the Device driver.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DeInit(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Starts the Low Level portion of the Device driver.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Start(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Stops the Low Level portion of the Device driver.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Stop(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Opens an endpoint of the Low Level Driver.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @param ep_addr: Endpoint Number
* @param ep_type: Endpoint Type
* @param ep_mps: Endpoint Max Packet Size
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_OpenEP(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t ep_addr,
uint8_t ep_type,
uint16_t ep_mps)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Closes an endpoint of the Low Level Driver.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @param ep_addr: Endpoint Number
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_CloseEP(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Flushes an endpoint of the Low Level Driver.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @param ep_addr: Endpoint Number
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_FlushEP(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Sets a Stall condition on an endpoint of the Low Level Driver.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @param ep_addr: Endpoint Number
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_StallEP(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Clears a Stall condition on an endpoint of the Low Level Driver.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @param ep_addr: Endpoint Number
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_ClearStallEP(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Returns Stall condition.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @param ep_addr: Endpoint Number
* @retval Stall (1: Yes, 0: No)
*/
uint8_t USBD_LL_IsStallEP(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr)
{
return 0;
}
/**
* @brief Assigns a USB address to the device.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @param ep_addr: Endpoint Number
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SetUSBAddress(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t dev_addr)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Transmits data over an endpoint.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @param ep_addr: Endpoint Number
* @param pbuf: Pointer to data to be sent
* @param size: Data size
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Transmit(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t ep_addr,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t size)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Prepares an endpoint for reception.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @param ep_addr: Endpoint Number
* @param pbuf: Pointer to data to be received
* @param size: Data size
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t ep_addr,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t size)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the last transferred packet size.
* @param pdev: Device handle
* @param ep_addr: Endpoint Number
* @retval Recived Data Size
*/
uint32_t USBD_LL_GetRxDataSize(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr)
{
return 0;
}
/**
* @brief Delays routine for the USB Device Library.
* @param Delay: Delay in ms
* @retval None
*/
void USBD_LL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
{
}
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

598
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Src/usbd_core.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_core.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file provides all the USBD core functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_core.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USBD_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE
* @brief usbd core module
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USBD_Init
* Initializes the device stack and load the class driver
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param pdesc: Descriptor structure address
* @param id: Low level core index
* @retval None
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Init(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_DescriptorsTypeDef *pdesc, uint8_t id)
{
/* Check whether the USB Host handle is valid */
if(pdev == NULL)
{
#if (USBD_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1U)
USBD_ErrLog("Invalid Device handle");
#endif
return USBD_FAIL;
}
/* Unlink previous class*/
if(pdev->pClass != NULL)
{
pdev->pClass = NULL;
}
/* Assign USBD Descriptors */
if(pdesc != NULL)
{
pdev->pDesc = pdesc;
}
/* Set Device initial State */
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_DEFAULT;
pdev->id = id;
/* Initialize low level driver */
USBD_LL_Init(pdev);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_DeInit
* Re-Initialize th device library
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status: status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_DeInit(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Set Default State */
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_DEFAULT;
/* Free Class Resources */
pdev->pClass->DeInit(pdev, (uint8_t)pdev->dev_config);
/* Stop the low level driver */
USBD_LL_Stop(pdev);
/* Initialize low level driver */
USBD_LL_DeInit(pdev);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_RegisterClass
* Link class driver to Device Core.
* @param pDevice : Device Handle
* @param pclass: Class handle
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_RegisterClass(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_ClassTypeDef *pclass)
{
USBD_StatusTypeDef status = USBD_OK;
if(pclass != 0)
{
/* link the class to the USB Device handle */
pdev->pClass = pclass;
status = USBD_OK;
}
else
{
#if (USBD_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1U)
USBD_ErrLog("Invalid Class handle");
#endif
status = USBD_FAIL;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_Start
* Start the USB Device Core.
* @param pdev: Device Handle
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Start (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Start the low level driver */
USBD_LL_Start(pdev);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_Stop
* Stop the USB Device Core.
* @param pdev: Device Handle
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Stop (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Free Class Resources */
pdev->pClass->DeInit(pdev, (uint8_t)pdev->dev_config);
/* Stop the low level driver */
USBD_LL_Stop(pdev);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_RunTestMode
* Launch test mode process
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_RunTestMode (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Prevent unused argument compilation warning */
UNUSED(pdev);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SetClassConfig
* Configure device and start the interface
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param cfgidx: configuration index
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_SetClassConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t cfgidx)
{
USBD_StatusTypeDef ret = USBD_FAIL;
if(pdev->pClass != NULL)
{
/* Set configuration and Start the Class*/
if(pdev->pClass->Init(pdev, cfgidx) == 0U)
{
ret = USBD_OK;
}
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_ClrClassConfig
* Clear current configuration
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param cfgidx: configuration index
* @retval status: USBD_StatusTypeDef
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_ClrClassConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t cfgidx)
{
/* Clear configuration and De-initialize the Class process*/
pdev->pClass->DeInit(pdev, cfgidx);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SetupStage
* Handle the setup stage
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SetupStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t *psetup)
{
USBD_ParseSetupRequest(&pdev->request, psetup);
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_SETUP;
pdev->ep0_data_len = pdev->request.wLength;
switch (pdev->request.bmRequest & 0x1FU)
{
case USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_DEVICE:
USBD_StdDevReq (pdev, &pdev->request);
break;
case USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_INTERFACE:
USBD_StdItfReq(pdev, &pdev->request);
break;
case USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_ENDPOINT:
USBD_StdEPReq(pdev, &pdev->request);
break;
default:
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev, (pdev->request.bmRequest & 0x80U));
break;
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_DataOutStage
* Handle data OUT stage
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param epnum: endpoint index
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DataOutStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t epnum, uint8_t *pdata)
{
USBD_EndpointTypeDef *pep;
if(epnum == 0U)
{
pep = &pdev->ep_out[0];
if ( pdev->ep0_state == USBD_EP0_DATA_OUT)
{
if(pep->rem_length > pep->maxpacket)
{
pep->rem_length -= pep->maxpacket;
USBD_CtlContinueRx (pdev,
pdata,
(uint16_t)MIN(pep->rem_length, pep->maxpacket));
}
else
{
if((pdev->pClass->EP0_RxReady != NULL)&&
(pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED))
{
pdev->pClass->EP0_RxReady(pdev);
}
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
}
else
{
if (pdev->ep0_state == USBD_EP0_STATUS_OUT)
{
/*
* STATUS PHASE completed, update ep0_state to idle
*/
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_IDLE;
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev, 0U);
}
}
}
else if((pdev->pClass->DataOut != NULL) &&
(pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED))
{
pdev->pClass->DataOut(pdev, epnum);
}
else
{
/* should never be in this condition */
return USBD_FAIL;
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_DataInStage
* Handle data in stage
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param epnum: endpoint index
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DataInStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum,
uint8_t *pdata)
{
USBD_EndpointTypeDef *pep;
if(epnum == 0U)
{
pep = &pdev->ep_in[0];
if ( pdev->ep0_state == USBD_EP0_DATA_IN)
{
if(pep->rem_length > pep->maxpacket)
{
pep->rem_length -= pep->maxpacket;
USBD_CtlContinueSendData (pdev, pdata, (uint16_t)pep->rem_length);
/* Prepare endpoint for premature end of transfer */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive (pdev, 0U, NULL, 0U);
}
else
{ /* last packet is MPS multiple, so send ZLP packet */
if((pep->total_length % pep->maxpacket == 0U) &&
(pep->total_length >= pep->maxpacket) &&
(pep->total_length < pdev->ep0_data_len))
{
USBD_CtlContinueSendData(pdev, NULL, 0U);
pdev->ep0_data_len = 0U;
/* Prepare endpoint for premature end of transfer */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive (pdev, 0U, NULL, 0U);
}
else
{
if((pdev->pClass->EP0_TxSent != NULL)&&
(pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED))
{
pdev->pClass->EP0_TxSent(pdev);
}
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev, 0x80U);
USBD_CtlReceiveStatus(pdev);
}
}
}
else
{
if ((pdev->ep0_state == USBD_EP0_STATUS_IN) ||
(pdev->ep0_state == USBD_EP0_IDLE))
{
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev, 0x80U);
}
}
if (pdev->dev_test_mode == 1U)
{
USBD_RunTestMode(pdev);
pdev->dev_test_mode = 0U;
}
}
else if((pdev->pClass->DataIn != NULL) &&
(pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED))
{
pdev->pClass->DataIn(pdev, epnum);
}
else
{
/* should never be in this condition */
return USBD_FAIL;
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_LL_Reset
* Handle Reset event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Reset(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Open EP0 OUT */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev, 0x00U, USBD_EP_TYPE_CTRL, USB_MAX_EP0_SIZE);
pdev->ep_out[0x00U & 0xFU].is_used = 1U;
pdev->ep_out[0].maxpacket = USB_MAX_EP0_SIZE;
/* Open EP0 IN */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev, 0x80U, USBD_EP_TYPE_CTRL, USB_MAX_EP0_SIZE);
pdev->ep_in[0x80U & 0xFU].is_used = 1U;
pdev->ep_in[0].maxpacket = USB_MAX_EP0_SIZE;
/* Upon Reset call user call back */
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_DEFAULT;
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_IDLE;
pdev->dev_config= 0U;
pdev->dev_remote_wakeup = 0U;
if (pdev->pClassData)
{
pdev->pClass->DeInit(pdev, (uint8_t)pdev->dev_config);
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_LL_Reset
* Handle Reset event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SetSpeed(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed)
{
pdev->dev_speed = speed;
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_Suspend
* Handle Suspend event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Suspend(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
pdev->dev_old_state = pdev->dev_state;
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_SUSPENDED;
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_Resume
* Handle Resume event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Resume(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
pdev->dev_state = pdev->dev_old_state;
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SOF
* Handle SOF event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SOF(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
if(pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED)
{
if(pdev->pClass->SOF != NULL)
{
pdev->pClass->SOF(pdev);
}
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_IsoINIncomplete
* Handle iso in incomplete event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_IsoINIncomplete(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum)
{
/* Prevent unused arguments compilation warning */
UNUSED(pdev);
UNUSED(epnum);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_IsoOUTIncomplete
* Handle iso out incomplete event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_IsoOUTIncomplete(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum)
{
/* Prevent unused arguments compilation warning */
UNUSED(pdev);
UNUSED(epnum);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_DevConnected
* Handle device connection event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DevConnected(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Prevent unused argument compilation warning */
UNUSED(pdev);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_DevDisconnected
* Handle device disconnection event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DevDisconnected(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Free Class Resources */
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_DEFAULT;
pdev->pClass->DeInit(pdev, (uint8_t)pdev->dev_config);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

848
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Src/usbd_ctlreq.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_req.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file provides the standard USB requests following chapter 9.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_ctlreq.h"
#include "usbd_ioreq.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USBD_STATE_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ
* @brief USB standard requests module
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
static void USBD_GetDescriptor(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_SetAddress(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_SetConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_GetConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_GetStatus(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_SetFeature(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_ClrFeature(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static uint8_t USBD_GetLen(uint8_t *buf);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USBD_StdDevReq
* Handle standard usb device requests
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdDevReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
USBD_StatusTypeDef ret = USBD_OK;
switch (req->bmRequest & USB_REQ_TYPE_MASK)
{
case USB_REQ_TYPE_CLASS:
case USB_REQ_TYPE_VENDOR:
pdev->pClass->Setup(pdev, req);
break;
case USB_REQ_TYPE_STANDARD:
switch (req->bRequest)
{
case USB_REQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR:
USBD_GetDescriptor (pdev, req);
break;
case USB_REQ_SET_ADDRESS:
USBD_SetAddress (pdev, req);
break;
case USB_REQ_SET_CONFIGURATION:
USBD_SetConfig (pdev, req);
break;
case USB_REQ_GET_CONFIGURATION:
USBD_GetConfig (pdev, req);
break;
case USB_REQ_GET_STATUS:
USBD_GetStatus (pdev, req);
break;
case USB_REQ_SET_FEATURE:
USBD_SetFeature (pdev, req);
break;
case USB_REQ_CLEAR_FEATURE:
USBD_ClrFeature (pdev, req);
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_StdItfReq
* Handle standard usb interface requests
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdItfReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
USBD_StatusTypeDef ret = USBD_OK;
switch (req->bmRequest & USB_REQ_TYPE_MASK)
{
case USB_REQ_TYPE_CLASS:
case USB_REQ_TYPE_VENDOR:
case USB_REQ_TYPE_STANDARD:
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_DEFAULT:
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if (LOBYTE(req->wIndex) <= USBD_MAX_NUM_INTERFACES)
{
ret = (USBD_StatusTypeDef)pdev->pClass->Setup (pdev, req);
if ((req->wLength == 0U) && (ret == USBD_OK))
{
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_StdEPReq
* Handle standard usb endpoint requests
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdEPReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
uint8_t ep_addr;
USBD_StatusTypeDef ret = USBD_OK;
USBD_EndpointTypeDef *pep;
ep_addr = LOBYTE(req->wIndex);
switch (req->bmRequest & USB_REQ_TYPE_MASK)
{
case USB_REQ_TYPE_CLASS:
case USB_REQ_TYPE_VENDOR:
pdev->pClass->Setup (pdev, req);
break;
case USB_REQ_TYPE_STANDARD:
/* Check if it is a class request */
if ((req->bmRequest & 0x60U) == 0x20U)
{
ret = (USBD_StatusTypeDef)pdev->pClass->Setup (pdev, req);
return ret;
}
switch (req->bRequest)
{
case USB_REQ_SET_FEATURE :
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
if ((ep_addr != 0x00U) && (ep_addr != 0x80U))
{
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev, ep_addr);
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev, 0x80U);
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
}
break;
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if (req->wValue == USB_FEATURE_EP_HALT)
{
if ((ep_addr != 0x00U) && (ep_addr != 0x80U) && (req->wLength == 0x00U))
{
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev, ep_addr);
}
}
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
break;
case USB_REQ_CLEAR_FEATURE :
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
if ((ep_addr != 0x00U) && (ep_addr != 0x80U))
{
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev, ep_addr);
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev, 0x80U);
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
}
break;
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if (req->wValue == USB_FEATURE_EP_HALT)
{
if ((ep_addr & 0x7FU) != 0x00U)
{
USBD_LL_ClearStallEP(pdev, ep_addr);
}
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
break;
case USB_REQ_GET_STATUS:
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
if ((ep_addr != 0x00U) && (ep_addr != 0x80U))
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
pep = ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U) ? &pdev->ep_in[ep_addr & 0x7FU]:\
&pdev->ep_out[ep_addr & 0x7FU];
pep->status = 0x0000U;
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev, (uint8_t *)(void *)&pep->status, 2U);
break;
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
{
if (pdev->ep_in[ep_addr & 0xFU].is_used == 0U)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
}
else
{
if (pdev->ep_out[ep_addr & 0xFU].is_used == 0U)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
}
pep = ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U) ? &pdev->ep_in[ep_addr & 0x7FU]:\
&pdev->ep_out[ep_addr & 0x7FU];
if ((ep_addr == 0x00U) || (ep_addr == 0x80U))
{
pep->status = 0x0000U;
}
else if(USBD_LL_IsStallEP(pdev, ep_addr))
{
pep->status = 0x0001U;
}
else
{
pep->status = 0x0000U;
}
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev, (uint8_t *)(void *)&pep->status, 2U);
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetDescriptor
* Handle Get Descriptor requests
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_GetDescriptor(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
uint16_t len;
uint8_t *pbuf;
switch (req->wValue >> 8)
{
#if (USBD_LPM_ENABLED == 1U)
case USB_DESC_TYPE_BOS:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetBOSDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
#endif
case USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetDeviceDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION:
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH )
{
pbuf = (uint8_t *)pdev->pClass->GetHSConfigDescriptor(&len);
pbuf[1] = USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION;
}
else
{
pbuf = (uint8_t *)pdev->pClass->GetFSConfigDescriptor(&len);
pbuf[1] = USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION;
}
break;
case USB_DESC_TYPE_STRING:
switch ((uint8_t)(req->wValue))
{
case USBD_IDX_LANGID_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetLangIDStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USBD_IDX_MFC_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetManufacturerStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USBD_IDX_PRODUCT_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetProductStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USBD_IDX_SERIAL_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetSerialStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USBD_IDX_CONFIG_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetConfigurationStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USBD_IDX_INTERFACE_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetInterfaceStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
default:
#if (USBD_SUPPORT_USER_STRING == 1U)
pbuf = pdev->pClass->GetUsrStrDescriptor(pdev, (req->wValue) , &len);
break;
#else
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
return;
#endif
}
break;
case USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE_QUALIFIER:
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH)
{
pbuf = (uint8_t *)pdev->pClass->GetDeviceQualifierDescriptor(&len);
break;
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
return;
}
case USB_DESC_TYPE_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIGURATION:
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH )
{
pbuf = (uint8_t *)pdev->pClass->GetOtherSpeedConfigDescriptor(&len);
pbuf[1] = USB_DESC_TYPE_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIGURATION;
break;
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
return;
}
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
return;
}
if((len != 0U) && (req->wLength != 0U))
{
len = MIN(len, req->wLength);
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev, pbuf, len);
}
if(req->wLength == 0U)
{
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SetAddress
* Set device address
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_SetAddress(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
uint8_t dev_addr;
if ((req->wIndex == 0U) && (req->wLength == 0U) && (req->wValue < 128U))
{
dev_addr = (uint8_t)(req->wValue) & 0x7FU;
if (pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
}
else
{
pdev->dev_address = dev_addr;
USBD_LL_SetUSBAddress(pdev, dev_addr);
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
if (dev_addr != 0U)
{
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED;
}
else
{
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_DEFAULT;
}
}
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SetConfig
* Handle Set device configuration request
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_SetConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
static uint8_t cfgidx;
cfgidx = (uint8_t)(req->wValue);
if (cfgidx > USBD_MAX_NUM_CONFIGURATION)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
}
else
{
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
if (cfgidx)
{
pdev->dev_config = cfgidx;
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED;
if(USBD_SetClassConfig(pdev, cfgidx) == USBD_FAIL)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
return;
}
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
else
{
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
break;
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if (cfgidx == 0U)
{
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED;
pdev->dev_config = cfgidx;
USBD_ClrClassConfig(pdev, cfgidx);
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
else if (cfgidx != pdev->dev_config)
{
/* Clear old configuration */
USBD_ClrClassConfig(pdev, (uint8_t)pdev->dev_config);
/* set new configuration */
pdev->dev_config = cfgidx;
if(USBD_SetClassConfig(pdev, cfgidx) == USBD_FAIL)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
return;
}
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
else
{
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
USBD_ClrClassConfig(pdev, cfgidx);
break;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetConfig
* Handle Get device configuration request
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_GetConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
if (req->wLength != 1U)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
}
else
{
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_DEFAULT:
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
pdev->dev_default_config = 0U;
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev, (uint8_t *)(void *)&pdev->dev_default_config, 1U);
break;
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev, (uint8_t *)(void *)&pdev->dev_config, 1U);
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetStatus
* Handle Get Status request
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_GetStatus(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_DEFAULT:
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if(req->wLength != 0x2U)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev, req);
break;
}
#if ( USBD_SELF_POWERED == 1U)
pdev->dev_config_status = USB_CONFIG_SELF_POWERED;
#else
pdev->dev_config_status = 0U;
#endif
if (pdev->dev_remote_wakeup)
{
pdev->dev_config_status |= USB_CONFIG_REMOTE_WAKEUP;
}
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev, (uint8_t *)(void *)&pdev->dev_config_status, 2U);
break;
default :
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SetFeature
* Handle Set device feature request
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_SetFeature(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
if (req->wValue == USB_FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
{
pdev->dev_remote_wakeup = 1U;
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_ClrFeature
* Handle clear device feature request
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_ClrFeature(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_DEFAULT:
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if (req->wValue == USB_FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
{
pdev->dev_remote_wakeup = 0U;
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
break;
default :
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_ParseSetupRequest
* Copy buffer into setup structure
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval None
*/
void USBD_ParseSetupRequest(USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req, uint8_t *pdata)
{
req->bmRequest = *(uint8_t *) (pdata);
req->bRequest = *(uint8_t *) (pdata + 1);
req->wValue = SWAPBYTE (pdata + 2);
req->wIndex = SWAPBYTE (pdata + 4);
req->wLength = SWAPBYTE (pdata + 6);
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlError
* Handle USB low level Error
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval None
*/
void USBD_CtlError( USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev , 0x80U);
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev , 0U);
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetString
* Convert Ascii string into unicode one
* @param desc : descriptor buffer
* @param unicode : Formatted string buffer (unicode)
* @param len : descriptor length
* @retval None
*/
void USBD_GetString(uint8_t *desc, uint8_t *unicode, uint16_t *len)
{
uint8_t idx = 0U;
if (desc != NULL)
{
*len = (uint16_t)USBD_GetLen(desc) * 2U + 2U;
unicode[idx++] = *(uint8_t *)(void *)len;
unicode[idx++] = USB_DESC_TYPE_STRING;
while (*desc != '\0')
{
unicode[idx++] = *desc++;
unicode[idx++] = 0U;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetLen
* return the string length
* @param buf : pointer to the ascii string buffer
* @retval string length
*/
static uint8_t USBD_GetLen(uint8_t *buf)
{
uint8_t len = 0U;
while (*buf != '\0')
{
len++;
buf++;
}
return len;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

274
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Src/usbd_desc_template.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_desc_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file provides the USBD descriptors and string formatting method.
* This template should be copied to the user folder, renamed and customized
* following user needs.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_core.h"
#include "usbd_desc.h"
#include "usbd_conf.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define USBD_VID 0x0483
#define USBD_PID 0xaaaa /* Replace '0xaaaa' with your device product ID */
#define USBD_LANGID_STRING 0xbbb /* Replace '0xbbb' with your device language ID */
#define USBD_MANUFACTURER_STRING "xxxxx" /* Add your manufacturer string */
#define USBD_PRODUCT_HS_STRING "xxxxx" /* Add your product High Speed string */
#define USBD_PRODUCT_FS_STRING "xxxxx" /* Add your product Full Speed string */
#define USBD_CONFIGURATION_HS_STRING "xxxxx" /* Add your configuration High Speed string */
#define USBD_INTERFACE_HS_STRING "xxxxx" /* Add your Interface High Speed string */
#define USBD_CONFIGURATION_FS_STRING "xxxxx" /* Add your configuration Full Speed string */
#define USBD_INTERFACE_FS_STRING "xxxxx" /* Add your Interface Full Speed string */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
uint8_t *USBD_Class_DeviceDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *USBD_Class_LangIDStrDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *USBD_Class_ManufacturerStrDescriptor (USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *USBD_Class_ProductStrDescriptor (USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *USBD_Class_SerialStrDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *USBD_Class_ConfigStrDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *USBD_Class_InterfaceStrDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length);
#ifdef USB_SUPPORT_USER_STRING_DESC
uint8_t *USBD_Class_USRStringDesc (USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint8_t idx, uint16_t *length);
#endif /* USB_SUPPORT_USER_STRING_DESC */
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
USBD_DescriptorsTypeDef Class_Desc = {
USBD_Class_DeviceDescriptor,
USBD_Class_LangIDStrDescriptor,
USBD_Class_ManufacturerStrDescriptor,
USBD_Class_ProductStrDescriptor,
USBD_Class_SerialStrDescriptor,
USBD_Class_ConfigStrDescriptor,
USBD_Class_InterfaceStrDescriptor,
};
/* USB Standard Device Descriptor */
#if defined ( __ICCARM__ ) /*!< IAR Compiler */
#pragma data_alignment=4
#endif
__ALIGN_BEGIN uint8_t USBD_DeviceDesc[USB_LEN_DEV_DESC] __ALIGN_END = {
0x12, /* bLength */
USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE, /* bDescriptorType */
0x00, /* bcdUSB */
0x02,
0x00, /* bDeviceClass */
0x00, /* bDeviceSubClass */
0x00, /* bDeviceProtocol */
USB_MAX_EP0_SIZE, /* bMaxPacketSize */
LOBYTE(USBD_VID), /* idVendor */
HIBYTE(USBD_VID), /* idVendor */
LOBYTE(USBD_PID), /* idVendor */
HIBYTE(USBD_PID), /* idVendor */
0x00, /* bcdDevice rel. 2.00 */
0x02,
USBD_IDX_MFC_STR, /* Index of manufacturer string */
USBD_IDX_PRODUCT_STR, /* Index of product string */
USBD_IDX_SERIAL_STR, /* Index of serial number string */
USBD_MAX_NUM_CONFIGURATION /* bNumConfigurations */
}; /* USB_DeviceDescriptor */
/* USB Standard Device Descriptor */
#if defined ( __ICCARM__ ) /*!< IAR Compiler */
#pragma data_alignment=4
#endif
__ALIGN_BEGIN uint8_t USBD_LangIDDesc[USB_LEN_LANGID_STR_DESC] __ALIGN_END = {
USB_LEN_LANGID_STR_DESC,
USB_DESC_TYPE_STRING,
LOBYTE(USBD_LANGID_STRING),
HIBYTE(USBD_LANGID_STRING),
};
uint8_t USBD_StringSerial[USB_SIZ_STRING_SERIAL] =
{
USB_SIZ_STRING_SERIAL,
USB_DESC_TYPE_STRING,
};
#if defined ( __ICCARM__ ) /*!< IAR Compiler */
#pragma data_alignment=4
#endif
__ALIGN_BEGIN uint8_t USBD_StrDesc[USBD_MAX_STR_DESC_SIZ] __ALIGN_END;
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
static void IntToUnicode (uint32_t value , uint8_t *pbuf , uint8_t len);
static void Get_SerialNum(void);
/**
* @brief Returns the device descriptor.
* @param speed: Current device speed
* @param length: Pointer to data length variable
* @retval Pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
uint8_t *USBD_Class_DeviceDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length)
{
*length = sizeof(USBD_DeviceDesc);
return (uint8_t*)USBD_DeviceDesc;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the LangID string descriptor.
* @param speed: Current device speed
* @param length: Pointer to data length variable
* @retval Pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
uint8_t *USBD_Class_LangIDStrDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length)
{
*length = sizeof(USBD_LangIDDesc);
return (uint8_t*)USBD_LangIDDesc;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the product string descriptor.
* @param speed: Current device speed
* @param length: Pointer to data length variable
* @retval Pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
uint8_t *USBD_Class_ProductStrDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length)
{
if(speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH)
{
USBD_GetString((uint8_t *)USBD_PRODUCT_HS_STRING, USBD_StrDesc, length);
}
else
{
USBD_GetString((uint8_t *)USBD_PRODUCT_FS_STRING, USBD_StrDesc, length);
}
return USBD_StrDesc;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the manufacturer string descriptor.
* @param speed: Current device speed
* @param length: Pointer to data length variable
* @retval Pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
uint8_t *USBD_Class_ManufacturerStrDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length)
{
USBD_GetString((uint8_t *)USBD_MANUFACTURER_STRING, USBD_StrDesc, length);
return USBD_StrDesc;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the serial number string descriptor.
* @param speed: Current device speed
* @param length: Pointer to data length variable
* @retval Pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
uint8_t *USBD_Class_SerialStrDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length)
{
*length = USB_SIZ_STRING_SERIAL;
/* Update the serial number string descriptor with the data from the unique ID*/
Get_SerialNum();
return (uint8_t*)USBD_StringSerial;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the configuration string descriptor.
* @param speed: Current device speed
* @param length: Pointer to data length variable
* @retval Pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
uint8_t *USBD_Class_ConfigStrDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length)
{
if(speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH)
{
USBD_GetString((uint8_t *)USBD_CONFIGURATION_HS_STRING, USBD_StrDesc, length);
}
else
{
USBD_GetString((uint8_t *)USBD_CONFIGURATION_FS_STRING, USBD_StrDesc, length);
}
return USBD_StrDesc;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the interface string descriptor.
* @param speed: Current device speed
* @param length: Pointer to data length variable
* @retval Pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
uint8_t *USBD_Class_InterfaceStrDescriptor(USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed, uint16_t *length)
{
if(speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH)
{
USBD_GetString((uint8_t *)USBD_INTERFACE_HS_STRING, USBD_StrDesc, length);
}
else
{
USBD_GetString((uint8_t *)USBD_INTERFACE_FS_STRING, USBD_StrDesc, length);
}
return USBD_StrDesc;
}
/**
* @brief Create the serial number string descriptor
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
static void Get_SerialNum(void)
{
uint32_t deviceserial0, deviceserial1, deviceserial2;
deviceserial0 = *(uint32_t*)DEVICE_ID1;
deviceserial1 = *(uint32_t*)DEVICE_ID2;
deviceserial2 = *(uint32_t*)DEVICE_ID3;
deviceserial0 += deviceserial2;
if (deviceserial0 != 0)
{
IntToUnicode (deviceserial0, &USBD_StringSerial[2] ,8);
IntToUnicode (deviceserial1, &USBD_StringSerial[18] ,4);
}
}
/**
* @brief Convert Hex 32Bits value into char
* @param value: value to convert
* @param pbuf: pointer to the buffer
* @param len: buffer length
* @retval None
*/
static void IntToUnicode (uint32_t value , uint8_t *pbuf , uint8_t len)
{
uint8_t idx = 0;
for( idx = 0 ; idx < len ; idx ++)
{
if( ((value >> 28)) < 0xA )
{
pbuf[ 2* idx] = (value >> 28) + '0';
}
else
{
pbuf[2* idx] = (value >> 28) + 'A' - 10;
}
value = value << 4;
pbuf[ 2* idx + 1] = 0;
}
}
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

216
target_f1/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Src/usbd_ioreq.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_ioreq.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file provides the IO requests APIs for control endpoints.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
* SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* http://www.st.com/SLA0044
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_ioreq.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ
* @brief control I/O requests module
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlSendData
* send data on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param buff: pointer to data buffer
* @param len: length of data to be sent
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlSendData (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len)
{
/* Set EP0 State */
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_DATA_IN;
pdev->ep_in[0].total_length = len;
pdev->ep_in[0].rem_length = len;
/* Start the transfer */
USBD_LL_Transmit (pdev, 0x00U, pbuf, len);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlContinueSendData
* continue sending data on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param buff: pointer to data buffer
* @param len: length of data to be sent
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlContinueSendData (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf, uint16_t len)
{
/* Start the next transfer */
USBD_LL_Transmit (pdev, 0x00U, pbuf, len);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlPrepareRx
* receive data on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param buff: pointer to data buffer
* @param len: length of data to be received
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlPrepareRx (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len)
{
/* Set EP0 State */
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_DATA_OUT;
pdev->ep_out[0].total_length = len;
pdev->ep_out[0].rem_length = len;
/* Start the transfer */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive (pdev, 0U, pbuf, len);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlContinueRx
* continue receive data on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param buff: pointer to data buffer
* @param len: length of data to be received
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlContinueRx (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len)
{
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(pdev, 0U, pbuf, len);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlSendStatus
* send zero lzngth packet on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlSendStatus (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Set EP0 State */
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_STATUS_IN;
/* Start the transfer */
USBD_LL_Transmit(pdev, 0x00U, NULL, 0U);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlReceiveStatus
* receive zero lzngth packet on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlReceiveStatus (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Set EP0 State */
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_STATUS_OUT;
/* Start the transfer */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive (pdev, 0U, NULL, 0U);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetRxCount
* returns the received data length
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param ep_addr: endpoint address
* @retval Rx Data blength
*/
uint32_t USBD_GetRxCount (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr)
{
return USBD_LL_GetRxDataSize(pdev, ep_addr);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1727
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS/cmsis_os.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1026
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS/cmsis_os.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

353
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
{ \
if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
}
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine;
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t *pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
return;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */

738
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,738 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "timers.h"
#include "event_groups.h"
/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
item value. It is important they don't clash with the
taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x0100U
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x0200U
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x0400U
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff00U
#else
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x01000000UL
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x02000000UL
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x04000000UL
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff000000UL
#endif
typedef struct xEventGroupDefinition
{
EventBits_t uxEventBits;
List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
#endif
#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
#endif
} EventGroup_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
* The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits. If xWaitForAllBits is
* pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are also set in uxCurrentEventBits. If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
* wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
* in uxCurrentEventBits.
*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
/* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
event group structure. */
volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
}
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
this event group was created statically in case the event group
is later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
}
return ( EventGroupHandle_t ) pxEventBits;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
/* Allocate the event group. */
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
}
return ( EventGroupHandle_t ) pxEventBits;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
/* Rendezvous always clear the bits. They will have been cleared
already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
xTicksToWait = 0;
}
else
{
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
assignment is omitted. */
uxReturn = 0;
}
else
{
/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
specified - just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
unblocked another task has set the bits. If this is the case
then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
returned. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
{
/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
block. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
specified, so just return the current value. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
set. uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
unblock the task. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
being returned without being set if it is not done. */
uxReturn = 0;
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
{
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
cleared. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Clear the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL );
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
{
ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext;
ListItem_t const *pxListEnd;
List_t *pxList;
EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
/* Set the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
{
pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
{
/* All bits are set. */
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
}
if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
{
/* The bits match. Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
item before removing the task from the event list. The
eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
than because it timed out. */
vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
/* Move onto the next list item. Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
pxListItem = pxNext;
}
/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
bit was set in the control word. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
{
/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
{
/* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
it again. */
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
{
/* The event group could have been allocated statically or
dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
{
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
{
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
{
( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
{
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
{
/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
set. Is one already set? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
Are they set already? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
return xWaitConditionMet;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t xReturn;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
if( xEventGroup == NULL )
{
xReturn = 0;
}
else
{
xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber )
{
( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber;
}
#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

1168
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

162
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOSConfig_template.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* this is a template configuration files
*
* These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
* application requirements.
*
* These parameters and more are described within the 'configuration' section of the
* FreeRTOS API documentation available on the FreeRTOS.org web site.
*
* See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Ensure stdint is only used by the compiler, and not the assembler. */
#if defined(__ICCARM__) || defined(__CC_ARM) || defined(__GNUC__)
#include <stdint.h>
extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
#endif
/* CMSIS-RTOSv2 defines 56 levels of priorities. To be able to use them
* all and avoid application misbehavior, configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
* must be set to 0 and configMAX_PRIORITIES to 56
*
*/
/* #define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0*/
/* #define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( 56 ) */
#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1
#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0
#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES (7)
#define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION 0
#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ (SystemCoreClock)
#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ((TickType_t)1000)
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((uint16_t)128)
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)(15 * 1024))
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (16)
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 1
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 1
#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
#define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES (2)
/* Software timer definitions. */
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#define configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY (2)
#define configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH 10
#define configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH (configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE * 2)
/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
to exclude the API function. */
#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 1
/*------------- CMSIS-RTOS V2 specific defines -----------*/
/* When using CMSIS-RTOSv2 set configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION to 1
* is mandatory to avoid compile errors.
* CMSIS-RTOS V2 implmentation requires the following defines
*
#define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION 1 <-- cmsis_os threads are created using xTaskCreateStatic() API
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES (56) <-- Priority range in CMSIS-RTOS V2 is [0 .. 56]
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0 <-- when set to 1, configMAX_PRIORITIES can't be more than 32 which is not suitable for the new CMSIS-RTOS v2 priority range
*/
/* the CMSIS-RTOS V2 FreeRTOS wrapper is dependent on the heap implementation used
* by the application thus the correct define need to be enabled from the list
* below
*
//define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_1
//define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_2
//define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_3
//define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_4
//define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_5
*/
/* Cortex-M specific definitions. */
#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
/* __BVIC_PRIO_BITS will be specified when CMSIS is being used. */
#define configPRIO_BITS __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
#else
#define configPRIO_BITS 4 /* 15 priority levels */
#endif
/* The lowest interrupt priority that can be used in a call to a "set priority"
function. */
#define configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 0xf
/* The highest interrupt priority that can be used by any interrupt service
routine that makes calls to interrupt safe FreeRTOS API functions. DO NOT CALL
INTERRUPT SAFE FREERTOS API FUNCTIONS FROM ANY INTERRUPT THAT HAS A HIGHER
PRIORITY THAN THIS! (higher priorities are lower numeric values. */
#define configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 5
/* Interrupt priorities used by the kernel port layer itself. These are generic
to all Cortex-M ports, and do not rely on any particular library functions. */
#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
/* !!!! configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to zero !!!!
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html. */
#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
header file. */
#define configASSERT( x ) if( ( x ) == 0 ) { taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); for( ;; ); }
/* Definitions that map the FreeRTOS port interrupt handlers to their CMSIS
standard names. */
#define vPortSVCHandler SVC_Handler
#define xPortPendSVHandler PendSV_Handler
/* IMPORTANT: FreeRTOS is using the SysTick as internal time base, thus make sure the system and peripherials are
using a different time base (TIM based for example).
*/
#define xPortSysTickHandler SysTick_Handler
#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */

133
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released.
#endif
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

720
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
#define CO_ROUTINE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
#endif
#include "list.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t, UBaseType_t );
typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
{
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
ListItem_t xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
UBaseType_t uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
UBaseType_t uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
uint16_t uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex
);</pre>
*
* Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
* ready to run.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
* functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
* documentation for more information.
*
* @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
* the co-routine will run.
*
* @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
* execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
* of the WEB documentation for further information.
*
* @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
* list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
// an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
// the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
// LED to flash and how int32_t to delay. This assumes xQueue has
// already been created.
vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}
// Function that creates two co-routines.
void vOtherFunction( void )
{
uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
TaskHandle_t xHandle;
// Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
// so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
// is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
{
xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex );
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
*
* Run a co-routine.
*
* vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
* to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
* preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
* co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
*
* If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
* vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
* hook).
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
// The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
// Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
// execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
// infinite loop.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
for( ;; )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( CRCB_t * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crEND();</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crEND() }
/*
* These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
* only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
*/
#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );</pre>
*
* Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
*
* crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
* for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
* configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
* can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
// We are to delay for 200ms.
static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Delay for 200ms.
crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
// Do something here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
{ \
vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
} \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
/**
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
* itself.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
* below).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
* error defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
// a queue.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
static BaseType_t xResult;
// Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This assumes the queue has already been created.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult != pdPASS )
{
// The message was not posted!
}
// Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
xNumberToPost++;
// Delay for 100 ticks.
crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
}
// Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
* crQUEUE_SEND example).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
* an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
// blocks on the queue until the number is received.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xResult;
static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue.
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// We received the LED to flash - flash it!
vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
}
}
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
* that is being used from within a co-routine.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
* queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
* the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
* should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
* the value returned from the previous call.
*
* @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
* used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
* the ISR.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
// queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
// Was a character received?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// Process the character here.
}
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
// a co-routine.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
// We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
{
// Obtain the character from the UART.
cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
// Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
// the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
// to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
// In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
// blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
// many characters are posted to the queue.
xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
* from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
* posted to the queue).
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
* placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
* pvBuffer.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
* co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
* *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
*
* @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
* pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
// period. The character is incremented each time.
static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
// be declared static.
static char cCharToTx = 'a';
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Send the next character to the queue.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The character was successfully posted to the queue.
}
else
{
// Could not post the character to the queue.
}
// Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
// hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
// from the queue and send it.
ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
// Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
// cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
// declared static.
cCharToTx++;
if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
{
cCharToTx = 'a';
}
crDELAY( 100 );
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cCharToTx;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
{
// Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
// xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
// is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
// woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
{
SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
}
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
* The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
* prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
* writers.
*
* Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
* appropriate delayed list.
*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList );
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
* The function should not be used by application writers.
*
* Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
* the pending ready list.
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */

279
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The
definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New
projects should not use them. */
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _FEDPICC
#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MSP430
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR71X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_GCC
#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR91X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_H8S
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef TERN_EE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_HCS12
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC405
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC440
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
#ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
#ifdef __CORE__
#if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __91467D
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __96340
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */

756
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H
#define EVENT_GROUPS_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h"
#endif
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "timers.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a
* meaning. For example, an application may create an event group to convey
* the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN
* message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The
* application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN
* network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the
* CAN network" etc. A task can then test the bit values to see which events
* are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified
* bit or a group of specified bits to be active. To continue the CAN bus
* example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore
* not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are
* active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task
* which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or
* send a SYNC).
*
* The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race
* conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple
* variable for the same purpose. This is particularly important with respect
* to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to
* be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
* used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
* 'rendezvous').
*
* \defgroup EventGroup
*/
/**
* event_groups.h
*
* Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to
* xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
* be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
*
* \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef void * EventGroupHandle_t;
/*
* The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
* number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
* 32 bits if set to 0.
*
* \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
</pre>
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
* event group then NULL is returned. See http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
// Attempt to create the event group.
xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
// Was the event group created successfully?
if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
{
// The event group was not created because there was insufficient
// FreeRTOS heap available.
}
else
{
// The event group was created.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
*
* @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type
* StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data
* structures, removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
// size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure. It is
// provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
// group (which is dependent on the architecture and configuration file
// settings) without breaking the strict data hiding policy by exposing the
// real event group internals. This StaticEventGroup_t variable is passed
// into the xSemaphoreCreateEventGroupStatic() function and is used to store
// the event group's data structures
StaticEventGroup_t xEventGroupBuffer;
// Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
</pre>
*/
#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
* previously created event group.
*
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within
* uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function
* returns for a reason other than a timeout). If xClearOnExit is set to
* pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns.
*
* @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then
* xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are set or the specified block time expires. If xWaitForAllBits is set to
* pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set
* in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires. The block
* time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set
* then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to
* pdTRUE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
// the event group. Clear the bits before exiting.
uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being tested.
BIT_0 | BIT_4, // The bits within the event group to wait for.
pdTRUE, // BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
pdFALSE, // Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
xTicksToWait ); // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
}
else
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
// without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
</pre>
*
* Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an
* interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
* in the event group. For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to
* 0x08. To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
// called. Both will now be clear (not set).
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed
* while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed
* from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts. As
* a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service
* routine. Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the
* timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
* task.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
* For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08. To clear bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The message was posted successfully.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* Set bits within an event group.
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* is a version that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
* blocked waiting for the bits.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time the call to
* xEventGroupSetBits() returns. There are two reasons why the returned value
* might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared. First,
* if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the
* blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically
* (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()). Second, any
* unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of
* the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the
* event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set. It might be that a task
// was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
// cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in
* interrupts or from critical sections. Therefore xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the
* context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a
* critical section.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
* will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task. If the
* priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the
* currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
* requested before the interrupt exits. For that reason
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE. See the
* example code below.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 // The bits being set.
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
// Was the message posted successfully?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
// switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
// will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
// refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
* bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically
* used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other
* tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding.
*
* This function cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified
* by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time. In
* this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
* cleared before the function returns.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining
* if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait
* parameter are set.
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were
* set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Bits used by the three tasks.
#define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
#define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
#define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
#define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
// Use an event group to synchronise three tasks. It is assumed this event
// group has already been created elsewhere.
EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
{
EventBits_t uxReturn;
TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// sync point. The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
// by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
// point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait a maximum of 100ms
// for this to happen.
uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
{
// All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
// to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
}
}
}
void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function
* cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
* xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
* unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* For internal use only. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupSetNumber( void* xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */

411
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* descending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h
#endif
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
void * configLIST_VOLATILE pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in descending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( BaseType_t ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
{ \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
}
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( BaseType_t ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

779
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,779 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* Message buffers build functionality on top of FreeRTOS stream buffers.
* Whereas stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one
* task or interrupt to another, message buffers are used to send variable
* length discrete messages from one task or interrupt to another. Their
* implementation is light weight, making them particularly suited for interrupt
* to task and core to core communication scenarios.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* timeout to 0.
*
* Message buffers hold variable length messages. To enable that, when a
* message is written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes
* are also written to store the message's length (that happens internally, with
* the API function). sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so writing a 10 byte message to a message buffer on a 32-bit
* architecture will actually reduce the available space in the message buffer
* by 14 bytes (10 byte are used by the message, and 4 bytes to hold the length
* of the message).
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
#define FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
/* Message buffers are built onto of stream buffers. */
#include "stream_buffer.h"
#if defined( __cplusplus )
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* Type by which message buffers are referenced. For example, a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() returns an MessageBufferHandle_t variable that can
* then be used as a parameter to xMessageBufferSend(), xMessageBufferReceive(),
* etc.
*/
typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes );
</pre>
*
* Creates a new message buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
* memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
*
* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h for xMessageBufferCreate() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes (not messages) the message
* buffer will be able to hold at any one time. When a message is written to
* the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to
* store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a
* 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architectures a 10 byte message will
* take up 14 bytes of message buffer space.
*
* @return If NULL is returned, then the message buffer cannot be created
* because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
* the message buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being
* returned indicates that the message buffer has been created successfully -
* the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created message
* buffer.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( void )
{
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
const size_t xMessageBufferSizeBytes = 100;
// Create a message buffer that can hold 100 bytes. The memory used to hold
// both the message buffer structure and the messages themselves is allocated
// dynamically. Each message added to the buffer consumes an additional 4
// bytes which are used to hold the lengh of the message.
xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreate( xMessageBufferSizeBytes );
if( xMessageBuffer == NULL )
{
// There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
// message buffer.
}
else
{
// The message buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreate xMessageBufferCreate
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
uint8_t *pucMessageBufferStorageArea,
StaticMessageBuffer_t *pxStaticMessageBuffer );
</pre>
* Creates a new message buffer using statically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
* pucMessageBufferStorageArea parameter. When a message is written to the
* message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store
* the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture a 10 byte message will take up
* 14 bytes of message buffer space. The maximum number of bytes that can be
* stored in the message buffer is actually (xBufferSizeBytes - 1).
*
* @param pucMessageBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
* least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big. This is the array to which messages are
* copied when they are written to the message buffer.
*
* @param pxStaticMessageBuffer Must point to a variable of type
* StaticMessageBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the message buffer's data
* structure.
*
* @return If the message buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
* created message buffer is returned. If either pucMessageBufferStorageArea or
* pxStaticmessageBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// Used to dimension the array used to hold the messages. The available space
// will actually be one less than this, so 999.
#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
// Defines the memory that will actually hold the messages within the message
// buffer.
static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
// The variable used to hold the message buffer structure.
StaticMessageBuffer_t xMessageBufferStruct;
void MyFunction( void )
{
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
ucBufferStorage,
&xMessageBufferStruct );
// As neither the pucMessageBufferStorageArea or pxStaticMessageBuffer
// parameters were NULL, xMessageBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
// reference the created message buffer in other message buffer API calls.
// Other code that uses the message buffer can go here.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreateStatic xMessageBufferCreateStatic
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, 0, pdTRUE, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferSend( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
<pre>
*
* Sends a discrete message to the message buffer. The message can be any
* length that fits within the buffer's free space, and is copied into the
* buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
* message buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message. That is, the number of
* bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer. When a message is
* written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
* written to store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
* on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
* xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
* bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the calling task should remain
* in the Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the
* message buffer, should the message buffer have insufficient space when
* xMessageBufferSend() is called. The calling task will never block if
* xTicksToWait is zero. The block time is specified in tick periods, so the
* absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The macro
* pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into
* a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause
* the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. Tasks do not use any
* CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes written to the message buffer. If the call to
* xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough space to write the
* message into the message buffer then zero is returned. If the call did not
* time out then xDataLengthBytes is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
// Send an array to the message buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
// wait for enough space to be available in the message buffer.
xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
{
// The call to xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough
// space in the buffer for the data to be written.
}
// Send the string to the message buffer. Return immediately if there is
// not enough space in the buffer.
xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
// not enough free space in the buffer.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSend xMessageBufferSend
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferSend( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferSendFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
<pre>
*
* Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a discrete message to
* the message buffer. The message can be any length that fits within the
* buffer's free space, and is copied into the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
* message buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message. That is, the number of
* bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer. When a message is
* written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
* written to store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
* on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
* xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
* bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a message buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for data. Calling
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
* was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
* unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
* task that was interrupted), then, internally, xMessageBufferSendFromISR()
* will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE. If
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. This will
* ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
* state task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
* is passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually written to the message buffer. If the
* message buffer didn't have enough free space for the message to be stored
* then 0 is returned, otherwise xDataLengthBytes is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A message buffer that has already been created.
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Attempt to send the string to the message buffer.
xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
( void * ) pcStringToSend,
strlen( pcStringToSend ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
// not enough free space in the buffer.
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xMessageBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendFromISR xMessageBufferSendFromISR
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferReceive( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Receives a discrete message from a message buffer. Messages can be of
* variable length and are copied out of the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
* to be copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
* parameter. This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
* If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
* will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for a message, should the message buffer be empty.
* xMessageBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is zero and
* the message buffer is empty. The block time is specified in tick periods, so
* the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The
* macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
* into a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
* cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. Tasks do not use any
* CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
*
* @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
* any. If xMessageBufferReceive() times out before a message became available
* then zero is returned. If the length of the message is greater than
* xBufferLengthBytes then the message will be left in the message buffer and
* zero is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
// Receive the next message from the message buffer. Wait in the Blocked
// state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a maximum of 100ms for
// a message to become available.
xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
xBlockTime );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long. Process
// the message here....
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceive xMessageBufferReceive
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferReceive( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives a discrete
* message from a message buffer. Messages can be of variable length and are
* copied out of the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
* to be copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
* parameter. This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
* If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
* will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a message buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available. Calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
* that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
* the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
* (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
* If xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. That will
* ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
* task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
* passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
* any.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A message buffer that has already been created.
MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Receive the next message from the message buffer.
xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long. Process
// the message here....
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
void vMessageBufferDelete( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Deletes a message buffer that was previously created using a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() or xMessageBufferCreateStatic(). If the message
* buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xMessageBufferCreate()),
* then the allocated memory is freed.
*
* A message buffer handle must not be used after the message buffer has been
* deleted.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to be deleted.
*
*/
#define vMessageBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer ) vStreamBufferDelete( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsFull( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
</pre>
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is full. A message buffer is full if it
* cannot accept any more messages, of any size, until space is made available
* by a message being removed from the message buffer.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is full then
* pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsFull( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsEmpty( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
</pre>
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is empty (does not contain any messages).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is empty then
* pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsEmpty( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferReset( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
* contained.
*
* A message buffer can only be reset if there are no tasks blocked on it.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being reset.
*
* @return If the message buffer was reset then pdPASS is returned. If the
* message buffer could not be reset because either there was a task blocked on
* the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
* a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReset xMessageBufferReset
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReset( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferReset( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
</pre>
* Returns the number of bytes of free space in the message buffer.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be written to the message buffer before
* the message buffer would be full. When a message is written to the message
* buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store the
* message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so if xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable() returns 10, then the size
* of the largest message that can be written to the message buffer is 6 bytes.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task that
* was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
* the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
* from the Blocked state. xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
* thing. It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
* version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
* written.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task
* that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
* then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
* remove it from the Blocked state. xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
* does the same thing. It is provided to enable application writers to
* implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
* ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
* read.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
#if defined( __cplusplus )
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* !defined( FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H ) */

155
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
* equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
* header files. This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
* which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
* so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
*/
#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
/* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint16_t usStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask );
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint32_t ulStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer, StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer );
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask );
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask );
void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions );
void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete );
void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay );
void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement );
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask );
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( TaskHandle_t xTask );
eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask );
void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState );
void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority );
void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend );
void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume );
void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void );
void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void );
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void );
TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void );
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void );
char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery );
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery );
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask );
void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction );
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask );
void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue );
void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex );
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter );
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void );
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime );
void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer );
void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer );
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue );
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask );
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void );
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void );
void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut );
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait );
void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void );
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void );
/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition );
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType );
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue );
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount );
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue );
void* MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore );
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex );
void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcName );
void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType );
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType );
QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength );
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet );
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet );
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue );
void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber );
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction );
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction, StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer );
void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer );
void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID );
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void );
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void );
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void );
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer );
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup );
/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel );
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer );
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer, uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea, StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer );
#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */

181
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*
* Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
* "MPU_". This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
* version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
* then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
* privileges.
*/
/* Map standard tasks.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTaskCreate MPU_xTaskCreate
#define xTaskCreateStatic MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
#define xTaskCreateRestricted MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
#define xTaskAbortDelay MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskGetInfo MPU_vTaskGetInfo
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define pcTaskGetName MPU_pcTaskGetName
#define xTaskGetHandle MPU_xTaskGetHandle
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
#define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
#define xTaskNotifyWait MPU_xTaskNotifyWait
#define ulTaskNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake
#define xTaskNotifyStateClear MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define vTaskSetTimeOutState MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueReceive MPU_xQueueReceive
#define xQueuePeek MPU_xQueuePeek
#define xQueueSemaphoreTake MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#if( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#define pcQueueGetName MPU_pcQueueGetName
#endif
/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTimerCreate MPU_xTimerCreate
#define xTimerCreateStatic MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
#define pvTimerGetTimerID MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
#define vTimerSetTimerID MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
#define xTimerIsTimerActive MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define xTimerPendFunctionCall MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
#define pcTimerGetName MPU_pcTimerGetName
#define xTimerGetPeriod MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
#define xTimerGetExpiryTime MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
#define xTimerGenericCommand MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xEventGroupCreate MPU_xEventGroupCreate
#define xEventGroupCreateStatic MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
#define xEventGroupWaitBits MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
#define xEventGroupClearBits MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
#define xEventGroupSetBits MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
#define xEventGroupSync MPU_xEventGroupSync
#define vEventGroupDelete MPU_vEventGroupDelete
/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
equivalents. */
#define xStreamBufferSend MPU_xStreamBufferSend
#define xStreamBufferSendFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR
#define xStreamBufferReceive MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
#define xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
#define vStreamBufferDelete MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
#define xStreamBufferIsFull MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
#define xStreamBufferReset MPU_xStreamBufferReset
#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
/* Remove the privileged function macro, but keep the PRIVILEGED_DATA
macro so applications can place data in privileged access sections
(useful when using statically allocated objects). */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */

165
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
file. */
#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#endif
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* Used by heap_5.c. */
typedef struct HeapRegion
{
uint8_t *pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, StackType_t *pxBottomOfStack, uint32_t ulStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */

124
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (*TaskFunction_t)( void * );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. This macro can be
overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000 ) )
#endif
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#else
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#endif
/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define pdBIG_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */

1653
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1140
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

129
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stack_macros.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

852
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stream_buffer.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,852 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* Stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one task or
* interrupt to another. Their implementation is light weight, making them
* particularly suited for interrupt to task and core to core communication
* scenarios.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferRead()) inside a critical section section and set the
* receive block time to 0.
*
*/
#ifndef STREAM_BUFFER_H
#define STREAM_BUFFER_H
#if defined( __cplusplus )
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* Type by which stream buffers are referenced. For example, a call to
* xStreamBufferCreate() returns an StreamBufferHandle_t variable that can
* then be used as a parameter to xStreamBufferSend(), xStreamBufferReceive(),
* etc.
*/
typedef void * StreamBufferHandle_t;
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes );
</pre>
*
* Creates a new stream buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See
* xStreamBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
* memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
*
* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h for xStreamBufferCreate() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes the stream buffer will be
* able to hold at any one time.
*
* @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
* buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
* moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is blocked on a read
* of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
* unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
* time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
* stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
* unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
* block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires before the
* trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
* are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
* trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger level
* that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* @return If NULL is returned, then the stream buffer cannot be created
* because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
* the stream buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being
* returned indicates that the stream buffer has been created successfully -
* the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created stream
* buffer.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( void )
{
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
const size_t xStreamBufferSizeBytes = 100, xTriggerLevel = 10;
// Create a stream buffer that can hold 100 bytes. The memory used to hold
// both the stream buffer structure and the data in the stream buffer is
// allocated dynamically.
xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreate( xStreamBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevel );
if( xStreamBuffer == NULL )
{
// There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
// stream buffer.
}
else
{
// The stream buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferCreate xStreamBufferCreate
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xStreamBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE )
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
uint8_t *pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t *pxStaticStreamBuffer );
</pre>
* Creates a new stream buffer using statically allocated memory. See
* xStreamBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
*
* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xStreamBufferCreateStatic() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
* pucStreamBufferStorageArea parameter.
*
* @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
* buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
* moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is blocked on a read
* of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
* unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
* time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
* stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
* unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
* block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires before the
* trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
* are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
* trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger level
* that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* @param pucStreamBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
* least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big. This is the array to which streams are
* copied when they are written to the stream buffer.
*
* @param pxStaticStreamBuffer Must point to a variable of type
* StaticStreamBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the stream buffer's data
* structure.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
* created stream buffer is returned. If either pucStreamBufferStorageArea or
* pxStaticstreamBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// Used to dimension the array used to hold the streams. The available space
// will actually be one less than this, so 999.
#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
// Defines the memory that will actually hold the streams within the stream
// buffer.
static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
// The variable used to hold the stream buffer structure.
StaticStreamBuffer_t xStreamBufferStruct;
void MyFunction( void )
{
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
const size_t xTriggerLevel = 1;
xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
xTriggerLevel,
ucBufferStorage,
&xStreamBufferStruct );
// As neither the pucStreamBufferStorageArea or pxStaticStreamBuffer
// parameters were NULL, xStreamBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
// reference the created stream buffer in other stream buffer API calls.
// Other code that uses the stream buffer can go here.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferCreateStatic xStreamBufferCreateStatic
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xStreamBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer )
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
<pre>
*
* Sends bytes to a stream buffer. The bytes are copied into the stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the buffer that holds the bytes to be copied
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the stream
* buffer, should the stream buffer contain too little space to hold the
* another xDataLengthBytes bytes. The block time is specified in tick periods,
* so the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The
* macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
* into a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
* cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If a task times out
* before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still write
* as many bytes as possible. A task does not use any CPU time when it is in
* the blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes written to the stream buffer. If a task times
* out before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still
* write as many bytes as possible.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
// Send an array to the stream buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
// wait for enough space to be available in the stream buffer.
xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
{
// The call to xStreamBufferSend() times out before there was enough
// space in the buffer for the data to be written, but it did
// successfully write xBytesSent bytes.
}
// Send the string to the stream buffer. Return immediately if there is not
// enough space in the buffer.
xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// The entire string could not be added to the stream buffer because
// there was not enough free space in the buffer, but xBytesSent bytes
// were sent. Could try again to send the remaining bytes.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSend xStreamBufferSend
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
<pre>
*
* Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a stream of bytes to
* the stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the data that is to be copied into the stream
* buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a stream buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for data. Calling
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
* was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
* unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
* task that was interrupted), then, internally, xStreamBufferSendFromISR()
* will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE. If
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. This will
* ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
* state task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
* is passed into the function. See the example code below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually written to the stream buffer, which will
* be less than xDataLengthBytes if the stream buffer didn't have enough free
* space for all the bytes to be written.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A stream buffer that has already been created.
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Attempt to send the string to the stream buffer.
xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSendFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
( void * ) pcStringToSend,
strlen( pcStringToSend ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// There was not enough free space in the stream buffer for the entire
// string to be written, ut xBytesSent bytes were written.
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xStreamBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSendFromISR xStreamBufferSendFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Receives bytes from a stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read from a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a stream buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which bytes are to
* be received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes will be
* copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
* pvRxData parameter. This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
* call. xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
* maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for data to become available if the stream buffer is
* empty. xStreamBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is
* zero. The block time is specified in tick periods, so the absolute time it
* represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can
* be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into a time specified in
* ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause the task to wait
* indefinitely (without timing out), provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1
* in FreeRTOSConfig.h. A task does not use any CPU time when it is in the
* Blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually read from the stream buffer, which will
* be less than xBufferLengthBytes if the call to xStreamBufferReceive() timed
* out before xBufferLengthBytes were available.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
// Receive up to another sizeof( ucRxData ) bytes from the stream buffer.
// Wait in the Blocked state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a
// maximum of 100ms for the full sizeof( ucRxData ) number of bytes to be
// available.
xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceive( xStreamBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
xBlockTime );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// A ucRxData contains another xRecievedBytes bytes of data, which can
// be processed here....
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceive xStreamBufferReceive
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives bytes from a
* stream buffer.
*
* Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read bytes from a stream buffer from a task.
* Use xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read bytes from a stream buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which a stream
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes are
* copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
* pvRxData parameter. This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
* call. xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
* maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a stream buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available. Calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
* that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
* the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
* (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
* If xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. That will
* ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
* task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
* passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes read from the stream buffer, if any.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A stream buffer that has already been created.
StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Receive the next stream from the stream buffer.
xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// ucRxData contains xReceivedBytes read from the stream buffer.
// Process the stream here....
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Deletes a stream buffer that was previously created using a call to
* xStreamBufferCreate() or xStreamBufferCreateStatic(). If the stream
* buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xStreamBufferCreate()),
* then the allocated memory is freed.
*
* A stream buffer handle must not be used after the stream buffer has been
* deleted.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to be deleted.
*
* \defgroup vStreamBufferDelete vStreamBufferDelete
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see if it is full. A stream buffer is full if it
* does not have any free space, and therefore cannot accept any more data.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is full then pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferIsFull xStreamBufferIsFull
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see if it is empty. A stream buffer is empty if
* it does not contain any data.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is empty then pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferIsEmpty xStreamBufferIsEmpty
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Resets a stream buffer to its initial, empty, state. Any data that was in
* the stream buffer is discarded. A stream buffer can only be reset if there
* are no tasks blocked waiting to either send to or receive from the stream
* buffer.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being reset.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is reset then pdPASS is returned. If there was
* a task blocked waiting to send to or read from the stream buffer then the
* stream buffer is not reset and pdFAIL is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReset xStreamBufferReset
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see how much free space it contains, which is
* equal to the amount of data that can be sent to the stream buffer before it
* is full.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be written to the stream buffer before
* the stream buffer would be full.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see how much data it contains, which is equal to
* the number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before the stream
* buffer would be empty.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before
* the stream buffer would be empty.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferBytesAvailable xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel );
</pre>
*
* A stream buffer's trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the
* stream buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to
* wait for data is moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is
* blocked on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1
* then the task will be unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer
* or the task's block time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked
* on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the
* task will not be unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes
* or the task's block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires
* before the trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however
* many bytes are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result
* in a trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger
* level that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* A trigger level is set when the stream buffer is created, and can be modified
* using xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel().
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being updated.
*
* @param xTriggerLevel The new trigger level for the stream buffer.
*
* @return If xTriggerLevel was less than or equal to the stream buffer's length
* then the trigger level will be updated and pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task that
* was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
* the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
* from the Blocked state. xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
* thing. It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
* version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
* written.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task
* that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
* then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
* remove it from the Blocked state. xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
* does the same thing. It is provided to enable application writers to
* implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
* ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
* read.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* Functions below here are not part of the public API. */
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#if defined( __cplusplus )
}
#endif
#endif /* !defined( STREAM_BUFFER_H ) */

2338
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1277
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

198
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pvContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t *pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which are
stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
listed below. In addition see http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
1) Stack overflow -
see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
item later. */
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
item. */
List_t * const pxList = ( List_t * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer;
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

775
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/port.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,775 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM4F port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#ifndef __VFP_FP__
#error This port can only be used when the project options are configured to enable hardware floating point support.
#endif
#ifndef configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ
#define configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ configCPU_CLOCK_HZ
/* Ensure the SysTick is clocked at the same frequency as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT ( 1UL << 2UL )
#else
/* The way the SysTick is clocked is not modified in case it is not the same
as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT ( 0 )
#endif
/* Constants required to manipulate the core. Registers first... */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e010 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e014 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e018 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed20 ) )
/* ...then bits in the registers. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT ( 1UL << 1UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT ( 1UL << 0UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ( 1UL << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVCLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 27UL )
#define portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_CLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 25UL )
/* Constants used to detect a Cortex-M7 r0p1 core, which should use the ARM_CM7
r0p1 port. */
#define portCPUID ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ed00 ) )
#define portCORTEX_M7_r0p1_ID ( 0x410FC271UL )
#define portCORTEX_M7_r0p0_ID ( 0x410FC270UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24UL )
/* Constants required to check the validity of an interrupt priority. */
#define portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER ( 16 )
#define portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 ( 0xE000E3F0 )
#define portAIRCR_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ED0C ) )
#define portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE ( ( uint8_t ) 0xff )
#define portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ( ( uint8_t ) 0x80 )
#define portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS ( ( uint8_t ) 7 )
#define portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ( 0x07UL << 8UL )
#define portPRIGROUP_SHIFT ( 8UL )
/* Masks off all bits but the VECTACTIVE bits in the ICSR register. */
#define portVECTACTIVE_MASK ( 0xFFUL )
/* Constants required to manipulate the VFP. */
#define portFPCCR ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ef34 ) /* Floating point context control register. */
#define portASPEN_AND_LSPEN_BITS ( 0x3UL << 30UL )
/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
#define portINITIAL_XPSR ( 0x01000000 )
#define portINITIAL_EXC_RETURN ( 0xfffffffd )
/* The systick is a 24-bit counter. */
#define portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER ( 0xffffffUL )
/* For strict compliance with the Cortex-M spec the task start address should
have bit-0 clear, as it is loaded into the PC on exit from an ISR. */
#define portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK ( ( StackType_t ) 0xfffffffeUL )
/* A fiddle factor to estimate the number of SysTick counts that would have
occurred while the SysTick counter is stopped during tickless idle
calculations. */
#define portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR ( 45UL )
/* Let the user override the pre-loading of the initial LR with the address of
prvTaskExitError() in case it messes up unwinding of the stack in the
debugger. */
#ifdef configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#else
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS prvTaskExitError
#endif
/*
* Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts. The implementation in this
* file is weak to allow application writers to change the timer used to
* generate the tick interrupt.
*/
void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
/*
* Exception handlers.
*/
void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
*/
static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Function to enable the VFP.
*/
static void vPortEnableVFP( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Used to catch tasks that attempt to return from their implementing function.
*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
variable. */
static UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
/*
* The number of SysTick increments that make up one tick period.
*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t ulTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* The maximum number of tick periods that can be suppressed is limited by the
* 24 bit resolution of the SysTick timer.
*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Compensate for the CPU cycles that pass while the SysTick is stopped (low
* power functionality only.
*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t ulStoppedTimerCompensation = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Used by the portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() macro to ensure
* FreeRTOS API functions are not called from interrupts that have been assigned
* a priority above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
*/
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
static uint8_t ucMaxSysCallPriority = 0;
static uint32_t ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = 0;
static const volatile uint8_t * const pcInterruptPriorityRegisters = ( const volatile uint8_t * const ) portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16;
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters )
{
/* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
interrupt. */
/* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit
of interrupts, and to ensure alignment. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR; /* xPSR */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( ( StackType_t ) pxCode ) & portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK; /* PC */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS; /* LR */
/* Save code space by skipping register initialisation. */
pxTopOfStack -= 5; /* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pvParameters; /* R0 */
/* A save method is being used that requires each task to maintain its
own exec return value. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_EXC_RETURN;
pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
return pxTopOfStack;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void )
{
volatile uint32_t ulDummy = 0;
/* A function that implements a task must not exit or attempt to return to
its caller as there is nothing to return to. If a task wants to exit it
should instead call vTaskDelete( NULL ).
Artificially force an assert() to be triggered if configASSERT() is
defined, then stop here so application writers can catch the error. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == ~0UL );
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
while( ulDummy == 0 )
{
/* This file calls prvTaskExitError() after the scheduler has been
started to remove a compiler warning about the function being defined
but never called. ulDummy is used purely to quieten other warnings
about code appearing after this function is called - making ulDummy
volatile makes the compiler think the function could return and
therefore not output an 'unreachable code' warning for code that appears
after it. */
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortSVCHandler( void )
{
__asm volatile (
" ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2 \n" /* Restore the context. */
" ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
" ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
" ldmia r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
" msr psp, r0 \n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
" isb \n"
" mov r0, #0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" bx r14 \n"
" \n"
" .align 4 \n"
"pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void )
{
/* Start the first task. This also clears the bit that indicates the FPU is
in use in case the FPU was used before the scheduler was started - which
would otherwise result in the unnecessary leaving of space in the SVC stack
for lazy saving of FPU registers. */
__asm volatile(
" ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 \n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
" ldr r0, [r0] \n"
" ldr r0, [r0] \n"
" msr msp, r0 \n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
" mov r0, #0 \n" /* Clear the bit that indicates the FPU is in use, see comment above. */
" msr control, r0 \n"
" cpsie i \n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */
" cpsie f \n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" svc 0 \n" /* System call to start first task. */
" nop \n"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void )
{
/* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to 0.
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
configASSERT( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY );
/* This port can be used on all revisions of the Cortex-M7 core other than
the r0p1 parts. r0p1 parts should use the port from the
/source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM7/r0p1 directory. */
configASSERT( portCPUID != portCORTEX_M7_r0p1_ID );
configASSERT( portCPUID != portCORTEX_M7_r0p0_ID );
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
volatile uint32_t ulOriginalPriority;
volatile uint8_t * const pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ( volatile uint8_t * const ) ( portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 + portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER );
volatile uint8_t ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Determine the maximum priority from which ISR safe FreeRTOS API
functions can be called. ISR safe functions are those that end in
"FromISR". FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to
ensure interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
Save the interrupt priority value that is about to be clobbered. */
ulOriginalPriority = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Determine the number of priority bits available. First write to all
possible bits. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE;
/* Read the value back to see how many bits stuck. */
ucMaxPriorityValue = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Use the same mask on the maximum system call priority. */
ucMaxSysCallPriority = configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY & ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Calculate the maximum acceptable priority group value for the number
of bits read back. */
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS;
while( ( ucMaxPriorityValue & portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ) == portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE )
{
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue--;
ucMaxPriorityValue <<= ( uint8_t ) 0x01;
}
#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
{
/* Check the CMSIS configuration that defines the number of
priority bits matches the number of priority bits actually queried
from the hardware. */
configASSERT( ( portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS - ulMaxPRIGROUPValue ) == __NVIC_PRIO_BITS );
}
#endif
#ifdef configPRIO_BITS
{
/* Check the FreeRTOS configuration that defines the number of
priority bits matches the number of priority bits actually queried
from the hardware. */
configASSERT( ( portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS - ulMaxPRIGROUPValue ) == configPRIO_BITS );
}
#endif
/* Shift the priority group value back to its position within the AIRCR
register. */
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue <<= portPRIGROUP_SHIFT;
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue &= portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK;
/* Restore the clobbered interrupt priority register to its original
value. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ulOriginalPriority;
}
#endif /* conifgASSERT_DEFINED */
/* Make PendSV and SysTick the lowest priority interrupts. */
portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
/* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR. Interrupts are disabled
here already. */
vPortSetupTimerInterrupt();
/* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
uxCriticalNesting = 0;
/* Ensure the VFP is enabled - it should be anyway. */
vPortEnableVFP();
/* Lazy save always. */
*( portFPCCR ) |= portASPEN_AND_LSPEN_BITS;
/* Start the first task. */
prvPortStartFirstTask();
/* Should never get here as the tasks will now be executing! Call the task
exit error function to prevent compiler warnings about a static function
not being called in the case that the application writer overrides this
functionality by defining configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS. Call
vTaskSwitchContext() so link time optimisation does not remove the
symbol. */
vTaskSwitchContext();
prvTaskExitError();
/* Should not get here! */
return 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void )
{
/* Not implemented in ports where there is nothing to return to.
Artificially force an assert. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == 1000UL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEnterCritical( void )
{
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
uxCriticalNesting++;
/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical function so
assert() if it is being called from an interrupt context. Only API
functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an interrupt. Only assert if
the critical nesting count is 1 to protect against recursive calls if the
assert function also uses a critical section. */
if( uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
{
configASSERT( ( portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG & portVECTACTIVE_MASK ) == 0 );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortExitCritical( void )
{
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting );
uxCriticalNesting--;
if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
{
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
{
/* This is a naked function. */
__asm volatile
(
" mrs r0, psp \n"
" isb \n"
" \n"
" ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst \n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
" ldr r2, [r3] \n"
" \n"
" tst r14, #0x10 \n" /* Is the task using the FPU context? If so, push high vfp registers. */
" it eq \n"
" vstmdbeq r0!, {s16-s31} \n"
" \n"
" stmdb r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Save the core registers. */
" str r0, [r2] \n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
" \n"
" stmdb sp!, {r0, r3} \n"
" mov r0, %0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" bl vTaskSwitchContext \n"
" mov r0, #0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" ldmia sp!, {r0, r3} \n"
" \n"
" ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
" ldr r0, [r1] \n"
" \n"
" ldmia r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Pop the core registers. */
" \n"
" tst r14, #0x10 \n" /* Is the task using the FPU context? If so, pop the high vfp registers too. */
" it eq \n"
" vldmiaeq r0!, {s16-s31} \n"
" \n"
" msr psp, r0 \n"
" isb \n"
" \n"
#ifdef WORKAROUND_PMU_CM001 /* XMC4000 specific errata workaround. */
#if WORKAROUND_PMU_CM001 == 1
" push { r14 } \n"
" pop { pc } \n"
#endif
#endif
" \n"
" bx r14 \n"
" \n"
" .align 4 \n"
"pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY)
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
{
/* The SysTick runs at the lowest interrupt priority, so when this interrupt
executes all interrupts must be unmasked. There is therefore no need to
save and then restore the interrupt mask value as its value is already
known. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* Increment the RTOS tick. */
if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
{
/* A context switch is required. Context switching is performed in
the PendSV interrupt. Pend the PendSV interrupt. */
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
__attribute__((weak)) void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime )
{
uint32_t ulReloadValue, ulCompleteTickPeriods, ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
TickType_t xModifiableIdleTime;
/* Make sure the SysTick reload value does not overflow the counter. */
if( xExpectedIdleTime > xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks )
{
xExpectedIdleTime = xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks;
}
/* Stop the SysTick momentarily. The time the SysTick is stopped for
is accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
kernel with respect to calendar time. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG &= ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Calculate the reload value required to wait xExpectedIdleTime
tick periods. -1 is used because this code will execute part way
through one of the tick periods. */
ulReloadValue = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG + ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick * ( xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL ) );
if( ulReloadValue > ulStoppedTimerCompensation )
{
ulReloadValue -= ulStoppedTimerCompensation;
}
/* Enter a critical section but don't use the taskENTER_CRITICAL()
method as that will mask interrupts that should exit sleep mode. */
__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
/* If a context switch is pending or a task is waiting for the scheduler
to be unsuspended then abandon the low power entry. */
if( eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() == eAbortSleep )
{
/* Restart from whatever is left in the count register to complete
this tick period. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
/* Restart SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Reset the reload register to the value required for normal tick
periods. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
above. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
}
else
{
/* Set the new reload value. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulReloadValue;
/* Clear the SysTick count flag and set the count value back to
zero. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
/* Restart SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Sleep until something happens. configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING() can
set its parameter to 0 to indicate that its implementation contains
its own wait for interrupt or wait for event instruction, and so wfi
should not be executed again. However, the original expected idle
time variable must remain unmodified, so a copy is taken. */
xModifiableIdleTime = xExpectedIdleTime;
configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( &xModifiableIdleTime );
if( xModifiableIdleTime > 0 )
{
__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "wfi" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
}
configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( &xExpectedIdleTime );
/* Re-enable interrupts to allow the interrupt that brought the MCU
out of sleep mode to execute immediately. see comments above
__disable_interrupt() call above. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
/* Disable interrupts again because the clock is about to be stopped
and interrupts that execute while the clock is stopped will increase
any slippage between the time maintained by the RTOS and calendar
time. */
__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
/* Disable the SysTick clock without reading the
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG register to ensure the
portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT is not cleared if it is set. Again,
the time the SysTick is stopped for is accounted for as best it can
be, but using the tickless mode will inevitably result in some tiny
drift of the time maintained by the kernel with respect to calendar
time*/
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT );
/* Determine if the SysTick clock has already counted to zero and
been set back to the current reload value (the reload back being
correct for the entire expected idle time) or if the SysTick is yet
to count to zero (in which case an interrupt other than the SysTick
must have brought the system out of sleep mode). */
if( ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG & portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ) != 0 )
{
uint32_t ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* The tick interrupt is already pending, and the SysTick count
reloaded with ulReloadValue. Reset the
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG with whatever remains of this tick
period. */
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL ) - ( ulReloadValue - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG );
/* Don't allow a tiny value, or values that have somehow
underflowed because the post sleep hook did something
that took too long. */
if( ( ulCalculatedLoadValue < ulStoppedTimerCompensation ) || ( ulCalculatedLoadValue > ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) )
{
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL );
}
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* As the pending tick will be processed as soon as this
function exits, the tick value maintained by the tick is stepped
forward by one less than the time spent waiting. */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL;
}
else
{
/* Something other than the tick interrupt ended the sleep.
Work out how long the sleep lasted rounded to complete tick
periods (not the ulReload value which accounted for part
ticks). */
ulCompletedSysTickDecrements = ( xExpectedIdleTime * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
/* How many complete tick periods passed while the processor
was waiting? */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = ulCompletedSysTickDecrements / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
/* The reload value is set to whatever fraction of a single tick
period remains. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( ( ulCompleteTickPeriods + 1UL ) * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
}
/* Restart SysTick so it runs from portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG
again, then set portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG back to its standard
value. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
vTaskStepTick( ulCompleteTickPeriods );
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
/* Exit with interrpts enabled. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
}
}
#endif /* #if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
* frequency.
*/
__attribute__(( weak )) void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
{
/* Calculate the constants required to configure the tick interrupt. */
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
{
ulTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
ulStoppedTimerCompensation = portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR / ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ );
}
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/* Stop and clear the SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = 0UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
/* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is a naked function. */
static void vPortEnableVFP( void )
{
__asm volatile
(
" ldr.w r0, =0xE000ED88 \n" /* The FPU enable bits are in the CPACR. */
" ldr r1, [r0] \n"
" \n"
" orr r1, r1, #( 0xf << 20 ) \n" /* Enable CP10 and CP11 coprocessors, then save back. */
" str r1, [r0] \n"
" bx r14 "
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void )
{
uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
uint8_t ucCurrentPriority;
/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) :: "memory" );
/* Is the interrupt number a user defined interrupt? */
if( ulCurrentInterrupt >= portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER )
{
/* Look up the interrupt's priority. */
ucCurrentPriority = pcInterruptPriorityRegisters[ ulCurrentInterrupt ];
/* The following assertion will fail if a service routine (ISR) for
an interrupt that has been assigned a priority above
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY calls an ISR safe FreeRTOS API
function. ISR safe FreeRTOS API functions must *only* be called
from interrupts that have been assigned a priority at or below
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
Numerically low interrupt priority numbers represent logically high
interrupt priorities, therefore the priority of the interrupt must
be set to a value equal to or numerically *higher* than
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
Interrupts that use the FreeRTOS API must not be left at their
default priority of zero as that is the highest possible priority,
which is guaranteed to be above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY,
and therefore also guaranteed to be invalid.
FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to ensure
interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
The following links provide detailed information:
http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html
http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html */
configASSERT( ucCurrentPriority >= ucMaxSysCallPriority );
}
/* Priority grouping: The interrupt controller (NVIC) allows the bits
that define each interrupt's priority to be split between bits that
define the interrupt's pre-emption priority bits and bits that define
the interrupt's sub-priority. For simplicity all bits must be defined
to be pre-emption priority bits. The following assertion will fail if
this is not the case (if some bits represent a sub-priority).
If the application only uses CMSIS libraries for interrupt
configuration then the correct setting can be achieved on all Cortex-M
devices by calling NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping( 0 ); before starting the
scheduler. Note however that some vendor specific peripheral libraries
assume a non-zero priority group setting, in which cases using a value
of zero will result in unpredictable behaviour. */
configASSERT( ( portAIRCR_REG & portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ) <= ulMaxPRIGROUPValue );
}
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */

242
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/portmacro.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
#define PORTMACRO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Port specific definitions.
*
* The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
* given hardware and compiler.
*
* These settings should not be altered.
*-----------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Type definitions. */
#define portCHAR char
#define portFLOAT float
#define portDOUBLE double
#define portLONG long
#define portSHORT short
#define portSTACK_TYPE uint32_t
#define portBASE_TYPE long
typedef portSTACK_TYPE StackType_t;
typedef long BaseType_t;
typedef unsigned long UBaseType_t;
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
typedef uint16_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffff
#else
typedef uint32_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffUL
/* 32-bit tick type on a 32-bit architecture, so reads of the tick count do
not need to be guarded with a critical section. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 1
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specifics. */
#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS ( ( TickType_t ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler utilities. */
#define portYIELD() \
{ \
/* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */ \
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT; \
\
/* Barriers are normally not required but do ensure the code is completely \
within the specified behaviour for the architecture. */ \
__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" ); \
__asm volatile( "isb" ); \
}
#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed04 ) )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT ( 1UL << 28UL )
#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired != pdFALSE ) portYIELD()
#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( x )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Critical section management. */
extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() ulPortRaiseBASEPRI()
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x) vPortSetBASEPRI(x)
#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortRaiseBASEPRI()
#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortSetBASEPRI(0)
#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical()
#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical()
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. These are
not necessary for to use this port. They are defined so the common demo files
(which build with all the ports) will build. */
#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Tickless idle/low power functionality. */
#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
extern void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime );
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( xExpectedIdleTime )
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specific optimisations. */
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#endif
#if configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 1
/* Generic helper function. */
__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static inline uint8_t ucPortCountLeadingZeros( uint32_t ulBitmap )
{
uint8_t ucReturn;
__asm volatile ( "clz %0, %1" : "=r" ( ucReturn ) : "r" ( ulBitmap ) : "memory" );
return ucReturn;
}
/* Check the configuration. */
#if( configMAX_PRIORITIES > 32 )
#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION can only be set to 1 when configMAX_PRIORITIES is less than or equal to 32. It is very rare that a system requires more than 10 to 15 difference priorities as tasks that share a priority will time slice.
#endif
/* Store/clear the ready priorities in a bit map. */
#define portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) |= ( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) &= ~( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) uxTopPriority = ( 31UL - ( uint32_t ) ucPortCountLeadingZeros( ( uxReadyPriorities ) ) )
#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef configASSERT
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void );
#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() vPortValidateInterruptPriority()
#endif
/* portNOP() is not required by this port. */
#define portNOP()
#define portINLINE __inline
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE inline __attribute__(( always_inline))
#endif
portFORCE_INLINE static BaseType_t xPortIsInsideInterrupt( void )
{
uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) :: "memory" );
if( ulCurrentInterrupt == 0 )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
{
uint32_t ulNewBASEPRI;
__asm volatile
(
" mov %0, %1 \n" \
" msr basepri, %0 \n" \
" isb \n" \
" dsb \n" \
:"=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) : "memory"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static uint32_t ulPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
{
uint32_t ulOriginalBASEPRI, ulNewBASEPRI;
__asm volatile
(
" mrs %0, basepri \n" \
" mov %1, %2 \n" \
" msr basepri, %1 \n" \
" isb \n" \
" dsb \n" \
:"=r" (ulOriginalBASEPRI), "=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) : "memory"
);
/* This return will not be reached but is necessary to prevent compiler
warnings. */
return ulOriginalBASEPRI;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortSetBASEPRI( uint32_t ulNewMaskValue )
{
__asm volatile
(
" msr basepri, %0 " :: "r" ( ulNewMaskValue ) : "memory"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */

147
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc(). Note that this
* implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again.
*
* See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#else
static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
/* Index into the ucHeap array. */
static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
void *pvReturn = NULL;
static uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap = NULL;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
#if( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1 )
{
if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
{
/* Byte alignment required. */
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
}
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
if( pucAlignedHeap == NULL )
{
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
}
/* Check there is enough room left for the allocation. */
if( ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) &&
( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte ) )/* Check for overflow. */
{
/* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this
block. */
pvReturn = pucAlignedHeap + xNextFreeByte;
xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize;
}
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
}
#endif
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void *pv )
{
/* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme. See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and
heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of
http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */
( void ) pv;
/* Force an assert as it is invalid to call this function. */
configASSERT( pv == NULL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
{
/* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */
xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return ( configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte );
}

272
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
* allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
* into a single larger block (and so will fragment memory). See heap_4.c for
* an equivalent that does combine adjacent blocks into single larger blocks.
*
* See heap_1.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
/*
* Initialises the heap structures before their first use.
*/
static void prvHeapInit( void );
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#else
static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
of their size. */
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
{
struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
} BlockLink_t;
static const uint16_t heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( ( sizeof ( BlockLink_t ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
static BlockLink_t xStart, xEnd;
/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
fragmentation. */
static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
/*
* Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
* the block. Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
* of the list.
*/
#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert ) \
{ \
BlockLink_t *pxIterator; \
size_t xBlockSize; \
\
xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; \
\
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */ \
/* than the block we are inserting. */ \
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \
{ \
/* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */ \
} \
\
/* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */ \
/* position. */ \
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; \
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; \
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
static BaseType_t xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
void *pvReturn = NULL;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
{
prvHeapInit();
xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
}
/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
{
xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
{
/* Byte alignment required. */
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
}
}
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) )
{
/* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
(smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
{
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
{
/* Return the memory space - jumping over the BlockLink_t structure
at its start. */
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out of the
list of free blocks. */
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
{
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new block
following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
block. */
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
}
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
}
}
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
}
#endif
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void *pv )
{
uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
BlockLink_t *pxLink;
if( pv != NULL )
{
/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
before it. */
puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
/* This unexpected casting is to keep some compilers from issuing
byte alignment warnings. */
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
{
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvHeapInit( void )
{
BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
/* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */
xEnd.xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
entire heap space. */
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

97
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the
* compilers own malloc() and free() implementations.
*
* This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate
* a heap memory area.
*
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
void *pvReturn;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
pvReturn = malloc( xWantedSize );
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
}
#endif
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void *pv )
{
if( pv )
{
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
free( pv );
traceFREE( pv, 0 );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
}

436
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
* (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
* limits memory fragmentation.
*
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE ( ( size_t ) 8 )
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#else
static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
of their memory address. */
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
{
struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
} BlockLink_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
* the list of free memory blocks. The block being freed will be merged with
* the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
* adjacent to each other.
*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert );
/*
* Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
* pvPortMalloc() is called.
*/
static void prvHeapInit( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
block must by correctly byte aligned. */
static const size_t xHeapStructSize = ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
fragmentation. */
static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type. When this bit in the xBlockSize
member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
application. When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
space. */
static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
void *pvReturn = NULL;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
if( pxEnd == NULL )
{
prvHeapInit();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
set. The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
kernel, so it must be free. */
if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
{
/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
{
xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
of bytes. */
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
{
/* Byte alignment required. */
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
configASSERT( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
{
/* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until
one of adequate size is found. */
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
{
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
was not found. */
if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
of the list of free blocks. */
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
two. */
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
{
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new
block following the number of bytes requested. The void
cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
compiler. */
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pxNewBlockLink ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
single block. */
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxNewBlockLink );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
{
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
by the application and has no "next" block. */
pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif
configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pvReturn ) & ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void *pv )
{
uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
BlockLink_t *pxLink;
if( pv != NULL )
{
/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
before it. */
puc -= xHeapStructSize;
/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
{
if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
{
/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
allocated. */
pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
{
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvHeapInit( void )
{
BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
size_t uxAddress;
size_t xTotalHeapSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
uxAddress = ( size_t ) ucHeap;
if( ( uxAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
{
uxAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
xTotalHeapSize -= uxAddress - ( size_t ) ucHeap;
}
pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) uxAddress;
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
at the end of the heap space. */
uxAddress = ( ( size_t ) pucAlignedHeap ) + xTotalHeapSize;
uxAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
pxEnd = ( void * ) uxAddress;
pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = uxAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlock;
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
/* Only one block exists - and it covers the entire usable heap space. */
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
xFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert )
{
BlockLink_t *pxIterator;
uint8_t *puc;
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
than the block being inserted. */
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
{
/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
{
if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
}
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
to itself. */
if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}

485
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_5.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() that allows the heap to be defined
* across multiple non-contigous blocks and combines (coalescences) adjacent
* memory blocks as they are freed.
*
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative
* implementations, and the memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* for more information.
*
* Usage notes:
*
* vPortDefineHeapRegions() ***must*** be called before pvPortMalloc().
* pvPortMalloc() will be called if any task objects (tasks, queues, event
* groups, etc.) are created, therefore vPortDefineHeapRegions() ***must*** be
* called before any other objects are defined.
*
* vPortDefineHeapRegions() takes a single parameter. The parameter is an array
* of HeapRegion_t structures. HeapRegion_t is defined in portable.h as
*
* typedef struct HeapRegion
* {
* uint8_t *pucStartAddress; << Start address of a block of memory that will be part of the heap.
* size_t xSizeInBytes; << Size of the block of memory.
* } HeapRegion_t;
*
* The array is terminated using a NULL zero sized region definition, and the
* memory regions defined in the array ***must*** appear in address order from
* low address to high address. So the following is a valid example of how
* to use the function.
*
* HeapRegion_t xHeapRegions[] =
* {
* { ( uint8_t * ) 0x80000000UL, 0x10000 }, << Defines a block of 0x10000 bytes starting at address 0x80000000
* { ( uint8_t * ) 0x90000000UL, 0xa0000 }, << Defines a block of 0xa0000 bytes starting at address of 0x90000000
* { NULL, 0 } << Terminates the array.
* };
*
* vPortDefineHeapRegions( xHeapRegions ); << Pass the array into vPortDefineHeapRegions().
*
* Note 0x80000000 is the lower address so appears in the array first.
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE ( ( size_t ) 8 )
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
of their memory address. */
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
{
struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
} BlockLink_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
* the list of free memory blocks. The block being freed will be merged with
* the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
* adjacent to each other.
*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
block must by correctly byte aligned. */
static const size_t xHeapStructSize = ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
fragmentation. */
static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type. When this bit in the xBlockSize
member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
application. When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
space. */
static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
void *pvReturn = NULL;
/* The heap must be initialised before the first call to
prvPortMalloc(). */
configASSERT( pxEnd );
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
set. The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
kernel, so it must be free. */
if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
{
/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
{
xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
of bytes. */
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
{
/* Byte alignment required. */
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
{
/* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until
one of adequate size is found. */
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
{
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
was not found. */
if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
of the list of free blocks. */
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
two. */
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
{
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new
block following the number of bytes requested. The void
cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
compiler. */
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
single block. */
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
{
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
by the application and has no "next" block. */
pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void *pv )
{
uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
BlockLink_t *pxLink;
if( pv != NULL )
{
/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
before it. */
puc -= xHeapStructSize;
/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
{
if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
{
/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
allocated. */
pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert )
{
BlockLink_t *pxIterator;
uint8_t *puc;
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
than the block being inserted. */
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
{
/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
{
if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
}
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
to itself. */
if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions )
{
BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion = NULL, *pxPreviousFreeBlock;
size_t xAlignedHeap;
size_t xTotalRegionSize, xTotalHeapSize = 0;
BaseType_t xDefinedRegions = 0;
size_t xAddress;
const HeapRegion_t *pxHeapRegion;
/* Can only call once! */
configASSERT( pxEnd == NULL );
pxHeapRegion = &( pxHeapRegions[ xDefinedRegions ] );
while( pxHeapRegion->xSizeInBytes > 0 )
{
xTotalRegionSize = pxHeapRegion->xSizeInBytes;
/* Ensure the heap region starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
xAddress = ( size_t ) pxHeapRegion->pucStartAddress;
if( ( xAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
{
xAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
xAddress &= ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK;
/* Adjust the size for the bytes lost to alignment. */
xTotalRegionSize -= xAddress - ( size_t ) pxHeapRegion->pucStartAddress;
}
xAlignedHeap = xAddress;
/* Set xStart if it has not already been set. */
if( xDefinedRegions == 0 )
{
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of
free blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAlignedHeap;
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
}
else
{
/* Should only get here if one region has already been added to the
heap. */
configASSERT( pxEnd != NULL );
/* Check blocks are passed in with increasing start addresses. */
configASSERT( xAddress > ( size_t ) pxEnd );
}
/* Remember the location of the end marker in the previous region, if
any. */
pxPreviousFreeBlock = pxEnd;
/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is
inserted at the end of the region space. */
xAddress = xAlignedHeap + xTotalRegionSize;
xAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
xAddress &= ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK;
pxEnd = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAddress;
pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
/* To start with there is a single free block in this region that is
sized to take up the entire heap region minus the space taken by the
free block structure. */
pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAlignedHeap;
pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize = xAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion;
pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
/* If this is not the first region that makes up the entire heap space
then link the previous region to this region. */
if( pxPreviousFreeBlock != NULL )
{
pxPreviousFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion;
}
xTotalHeapSize += pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize;
/* Move onto the next HeapRegion_t structure. */
xDefinedRegions++;
pxHeapRegion = &( pxHeapRegions[ xDefinedRegions ] );
}
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xTotalHeapSize;
xFreeBytesRemaining = xTotalHeapSize;
/* Check something was actually defined before it is accessed. */
configASSERT( xTotalHeapSize );
/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
}

2908
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1199
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

5039
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1076
target_f1/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff